1
2 3
5 LITEC designs and manufactures bespoke and standard aluminium truss systems for entertainment, corporate, film and TV, concert touring, theme park and architectural applications. The company assists clients from initial concept to installation providing them with knowledge and experience to realize safe, simple and easyto-assemble solutions. To complete the Trussing line, LITEC offers a wide range of Rigging products, electric chain hoists, controllers and accessories complying with the highest standards of quality and safety. High quality equals safety. LITEC has always been on the front line to spread out know-how in the industry organizing training for professionals. LITEC meets all your trussing and rigging needs thanks to our cutting edge technology, design innovation, extensive product portfolio and global support network. You can follow us on www.litectruss.com, Facebook and YouTube.
4 6
7
8 10
9
12
11 14
13 15
16
CERTIFICATIONS There are different levels of quality when talking about aluminium trusses. There is the quality of the raw material, the quality of welding and the quality on the manufacturing process. Products have to comply with all the relevant international standards and they are tested and certified by the most respectable certification institutes. High quality equals safety. This is guaranteed not only through certificates, but also with common sense and deep knowledge of engineers and installers. The product needs to be calculated and certified through rigorous calculation reports and installation must be tested by a qualified engineer. The Standards that are commonly used for the technical evaluation of a product refer to normative codes issued and recognized at a national and international level. Among these we can mention ANSI, BS, EN, ISO, DIN. Each of these outlines a different calculation approach, still leading to similar results. LITEC’s products and processes are certified by the following bodies: TÜV Süd One of the world’s leading organizations that supplies technical services and certifies the quality of processes and products. GSI SLV München (Schweißtechnische Lehr – und Versuchsanstalt) They certify that welding quality control process is carried out in accordance with German standard DIN V 4113-3. LITEC is certified at class C, the most demanding of the certification grades, corresponding to the highest levels of quality. DVS Zert They certify the process of welding according to the European and international standard EN ISO 3834-2, and provide certified welders’ licenses. DVS Zert is ANBCC (Authorized National Body for Company Certification) for Germany, within EWF (European Welding Federation) and IIW (International Institute of Welding). DIBt (Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik) They are the Center of Competence in Civil Engineering by certifying the resistance of welding between aluminium extruded profiles and die-cast end plates. They are a member of EOTA (European Organisation for Technical Approvals) and other national and international organisations. University of Padua – Department of Civil, Environmental and Architectural Engineering They carry out ‘Stress Tests’ on trussing products. Iuav University of Venice – Department of Architectural Construction They carry out ‘Stress Tests’ on trussing products.
4
5
LITEC Strutture & Soluzioni
LITEC Strutture & Soluzioni INDEX RF40 QL40A FX25SAA
QL52A
ALI4251
FX30SA
QL76A
ALI4251N
TOWERLIFT 3
TX25S
QL85A
ALI4851
UNITOWER
TX30S
RL76A
ALI4851N
VARITOWER 3
QX25S
RL105A
ALI4851S
MAXITOWER MT40
FLYINTOWER 6-300
ALI6063
MAXITOWER MT52
FLYINTOWER 7.5-500
LIC3851
MAXITOWER MT76
FLYINTOWER 9.5-600
LIC4851
ML3 5626
FLYINTOWER 13-2,000
CLAMPS LINE
ML4 6527
FLYINTOWER 15-2,000
131
145
164
QX30SA QX40SA QH30SA
MyT P SERIES TRUSSES
QH40SA
E SERIES TRUSSES
15
55
LIBERA FL52
Pre-rig
LIBERA FL76
STACKING 40
LIBERA FL105
65
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 40
RINGS END-PLATED TRUSSES
STACKING 52
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 52
RINGS HIGH-LOAD TRUSSES
81
120
125 PANORAMIC WHEEL
Aluminium Ballast Systems with adjustable feet
S6-H6 L1,300
RINGS
S7-H7 L1,600
BUS AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE
Aluminium Ballast Systems with forks
S8-H7 L1,800
Steel Ballast Systems with adjustable feet
S9-H7 L2,900
Steel Ballast Systems with forks
S13-H9 L9,000
176
STANDARD MODULE
SWIVELLING PLATFORM
“END-PLATED” TRUSSES
ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE
RHOMBUS CEILING
LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES
GATE ACCESS MODULE
CABLECROSS 25HD
SPRINGBOARDS
S21-H15 L12,000
HIGH LOAD “FORK” TRUSSES
CABLE ACCESS MODULE
CABLECROSS 66HD
“THE HIGHEST STAGE IN THE WORLD”
184
203
257
263
271
EQUIPPED GYM CENTRE
S8-H7 L2,000
S11-H9 L6,000
STEEL WIRE ROPES
FLYING BOARD ZEBRA TRUSSES
ROUNDSLINGS BELT RACHETS
EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS
EXE DRIVERS
ANCHORING
LITEC HOISTS
LITEC DRIVERS
HARDWARE
285
317
337
“END-PLATED” TRUSSES FX25SA FX30SA TX25S TX30S QX25S QX30SA QX40SA QH30SA
TRUSSES QUALITY LITEC offers a vast and complete range of trusses, which includes the series with end plates, the new truss line provided with conical connection, the LIBERA System and the High Load Trusses with forked connections, in order to meet the needs of operators in various different sectors. Trusses are aesthetically pleasing, light and robust and are used where structures have to be built for hanging lights, equipment, false ceiling, etc. To provide the right solution for every situation, with the most suitable product.
QH40SA CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES P SERIES TRUSSES E SERIES TRUSSES
56 60
LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES LIBERA FL52 LIBERA FL76 LIBERA FL105
66 70 74
HIGH-LOAD “FORK” TRUSSES RF40 QL40A QL52A QL76A QL85A RL76A RL105A MyT Pre-rig STACKING 40 STACKING 52
10
16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48
82 86 90 94 98 100 104 108 110 112 114
11
“END-PLATED� TRUSSES RELIABILITY The end-plated truss line stands out for its design, durability and reliability. Strengthened by a dual connection system of spigots or bolts, represents a benchmark for the installations sector. The end plate guarantees relevant benefits: - Greater twist resistance - Minimal eccentricity - Absolute compatibility between trusses. In addition, when end-plated trusses are loaded in a van, they allow to use the room inside them, thus exploiting space at the best.
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
/ SYSTEM
END-PLATED TRUSSES FX25SA
FX25SA ANTI-TORSION Flat section aluminium truss with 25 cm long sides. This is the smallest of our flat, end-plated trusses. Internal diagonal braces are made using 14 mm extruded aluminium, which helps to keep the visual profile of the truss to a minimum. Also suitable for use in tight spaces.
FX25SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
110
B
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x1,5 mm EN AW 6005 T6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code
cm
kg
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 14x1,5 mm EN AW 6060 T6
FX25ACS FX25K2 FX25K4 FX25L2045P FX25L2045V FX25L2060P FX25L2060V FX25L2090P FX25L2090V FX25L2120P FX25L2120V FX25L2135P FX25L2135V FX25L3LP FX25L3LV FX25L3RP FX25L3RV FX25T3NP FX25T3NV FX25T4NP FX25T4NV FX25X4NP FX25X4NV FX25ACL
25x12.5x5 25x5x5 25x25x5 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x5 50x50x25 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x5 25x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x55 50x50x25 25x25x5
1.7 1.2 3.3 2.0 3.0 2.7 3.3 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.9 2.1 1.9 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.1 2.1 3.0 2.7 2.1 2.4 4.1
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems FXFC: quick-fit kit FXSM8: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code
cm
kg
FX25S012M5 FX25S025 FX25S050 FX25S100 FX25S150 FX25S200 FX25S250 FX25S300 FX25S350 FX25S400
25x5x12.5 25x5x25 25x5x50 25x5x100 25x5x150 25x5x200 25x25x250 25x5x300 25x5x350 25x5x400
0.8 1.0 1.5 2.2 3.0 3.9 4.6 5.4 6.2 7.0
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point full central point load load deflection load kg/m kg mm kg
250
1 2 3 4 5 6
269 134 45 13 4 1
269 267 136 52 21 6
0 1 2 2 2 2
269 261 79 31 13 5
full load kg
THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD central point full central point full central point full central deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm
269 261 79 31 13 5
0 1 1 1 1 1
135 134 51 20 8 2
269 267 102 39 16 5
0 0 2 2 2 2
90 89 36 14 6 2
269 267 109 42 17 6
0 1 2 2 2 2
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
134 64 19 5 1
134 127 56 18 4
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 4 6 6 6
269 267 113 43 18 5
0 1 2 2 2 2
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5
67 67 28 11 4 1
130 84 23 7 1
1 7 7 6 5
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
2 3 4
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 193 85 48
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
15
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
FX25SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
FX25SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
FX25SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories
QXFC
FXKFC
FXSM10w
Quick connection set
2 special steel half spigot with screw
Bolt connection set
FX25SA / ACCESSORIES
FX25SL2045P
FX25SL2045V
FX25SL2060P
FX25SL2060V
FX25SL2090P
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 45° corner horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 45° corner vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner horizontal
FX25SL2090V
FX25SL2120P
FX25SL2120V
FX25SL2135P
FX25SL2135V
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner vertical
FX25SL3LP
FX25SL3LV
FX25SL3RP
FX25SL3RV
FX25ST3NP
ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner left horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner left vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner right horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way corner right vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way tee horizontal
FX25ST3NV
FX25ST4NP
FX25ST4NV
FX30SX4NP
FX30SX4NV
ST 25 cm. flat - 3 way tee vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way tee horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way tee vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross vertical
DADO SYSTEM
DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.
FX25SACL
FX25SACS
FP25
TZ30K01
ST 25 cm. flat - Clamp module long
ST 25 cm. flat - Clamp module short
Universal 25 cm truss floor plate
Assembly tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss
FX25K2
FX25K4
DADO 4 way flat corner (2 nodules)
DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)
K2 is the DADO version for flat section.
K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.
BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.
CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.
17
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES FX30SA
FX30SA ANTI-TORSION Flat section aluminium truss with 29 cm long sides. The most widely used of the flat, end-plated trusses. Ideal for use in reticular/ grid structures and also perfectly suited for use alongside similar components supporting lightweight installations.
FX30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
150
B
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code
cm
kg
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 18x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
FX30K2 FX30K4 FX30SL2060P FX30SL2060V FX30SL2090P FX30SL2090V FX30SL2120P FX30SL2120V FX30SL2135P FX30SL2135V FX30SL3LP FX30SL3LV FX30SL3RP FX30SL3RV FX30ST3NP FX30ST3NV FX30ST4NP FX30ST4NV FX30SX4NP FX30SX4NV FX30SACL FX30SACS
29x5x5 29x29x5 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x5 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x5 50x50x29 29x21x5 29x10.5x5
1.3 3.3 3.8 3.0 2.5 2.8 2.6 2.9 2.7 2.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 2.9 4.2 3.0 4.2 3.4 3.9 2.4 2.1
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems FXFC: quick-fit kit FXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code
cm
kg
FX30S010M5 FX30S021 FX30S025 FX30S050 FX30S100 FX30S150 FX30S200 FX30S250 FX30S300 FX30S350 FX30S400
29x5x10.5 29x5x21 29x5x25 29x5x50 29x5x100 29x5x150 29x5x200 29x5x250 29x5x300 29x5x350 29x5x400
1.3 1.5 1.6 1.8 2.7 3.7 4.7 5.8 6.7 7.7 8.7
290
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1169 366 70 21 7 2
1169 732 211 83 35 13
0 1 1 1 1 1
1124 423 123 48 21 9
1124 423 123 48 21 9
0 1 1 1 1 1
585 274 79 31 13 5
1169 549 158 62 26 10
0 1 1 1 1 1
390 195 56 22 10 4
1169 586 169 67 29 11
0 1 1 1 1 1
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
560 157 29 8 2
560 315 87 30 8
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 5 5 5 5
1169 610 176 69 29 11
0 1 1 1 1 1
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5
292 152 44 17 7 3
380 157 44 15 4
1 5 8 9 7
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
2 3 4
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 251 111 63
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
19
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
FX30SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
FX30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
FX30SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories
QXFC
FXKFC
FXSM8
Quick connection set
2 special steel half spigot with screw
Bolt connection set
FX30SA / ACCESSORIES
FX30SL2060P
FX30SL2060V
FX30SL2090P
FX30SL2090V
FX30SL2120P
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 60° corner vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 90° corner vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner horizontal
FX30SL2120V
FX30SL2135P
FX30SL2135V
FX30SL3LP
FX30SL3LV
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 120° corner vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 2 way 135° corner vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner left horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner left vertical
FX30SL3RP
FX30SL3RV
FX30ST3NP
FX30ST3NV
FX30ST4NP
ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner right horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way corner right vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way tee horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 3 way tee vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way tee horizontal
FX30ST4NV
FX30SX4NP
FX30SX4NV
FX25SX4NP
FX25SX4NV
ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way tee vertical
ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross horizontal
ST 29 cm. flat - 4 way cross vertical
ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way cross horizontal
ST 25 cm. flat - 4 way cross vertical
DADO SYSTEM
DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.
FX30SACL
FX30SACS
FP30
FP30M
TZ30K01
ST 29 cm. flat - Clamp module long
ST 29 cm. flat - Clamp module short
Universal 29 cm truss floor plate
Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate
Assembly tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss
FX30K2
FX30K4
DADO 4 way flat corner (2 nodules)
DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)
K2 is the DADO version for flat section.
K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.
BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.
CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.
21
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES TX25SA
TX25SA
ANTI-TORSION Triangular section aluminium truss with 25 cm long sides. This is the triangular version of the lightest professional structure, yet it is able to guarantee a reasonable loading capacity and span. The internal 14 mm diameter diagonal components are flush which decreases the aesthetic impact of this truss, which may therefore also be used in small areas.
TX25SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A B
C
225
110 250 Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x1,5 mm EN AW 6005 T6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm
kg
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 14x1,5 mm EN AW 6060 T6
TX25SL2045 TX25SL2060 TX25SL2090 TX25SL2090I TX25SL2090E TX25SL2120 TX25SL2135 TX25SL3L TX25SL3LU TX25SL3R TX25SL3RU TX25ST3 TX25ST3F TX25ST3FU TX25ST4 TX25ST4RU TX25SL3LU TX25SX4 TX25SX5 TX25SX5NU
6.8 7.2 4.3 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 4.2 4.1 4.2 4.1 3.4 3.6 3.5 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.0 6.1 6.1
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems TXFC: quick-fit kit TXSM8: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm TX25S012M5 TX25S025 TX25S050 TX25S100 TX25S150 TX25S200 TX25S250 TX25S300 TX25S350 TX25S400
25x22.5x12.5 25x22.5x25 25x22.5x50 25x22.5x100 25x22.5x150 25x22.5x200 25x22.5x250 25x22.5x300 25x22.5x350 25x22.5x400
kg 1.3 1.6 2.2 3.6 4.8 5.8 7.0 8.1 9.5 10.6
100x100x22.5 100x100x22.5 50x50x22.5 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x22.5 50x50x22.5 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x22.5 50x25x50 50x25x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x22.5 50x50x50 50x50x50
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 467 232 154 115 76 53 39 29 22 18 14 11 9 7
467 464 461 458 381 320 270 231 200 176 154 133 116 104
0 1 5 12 19 28 39 51 64 80 96 113 131 154
467 352 260 205 168 141 121 105 92 81 71 63 56 50
467 352 260 205 168 141 121 105 92 81 71 63 56 50
0 2 4 8 14 20 28 38 49 61 75 91 109 128
233 227 174 141 117 99 86 75 66 59 53 47 41 37
467 455 348 281 234 199 172 150 132 117 105 93 83 74
0 2 5 10 16 24 34 45 58 73 91 109 129 151
156 155 140 113 91 76 64 56 48 42 37 33 29 26
467 464 420 338 273 227 193 167 144 127 111 98 87 78
0 2 6 11 17 26 35 47 59 74 89 106 126 148
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
232 85 41 23
232 171 123 93
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 5 13 25
467 464 450 353 287 240 204 178 154 136 121 107 95 83
0 2 6 11 18 26 36 47 60 75 92 110 130 150
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4
117 116 113 88 72 60 51 44 39 34 30 27 24 21
175 101 69 51
2 8 20 35
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 2871 744 333 188
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
23
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
TX25SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
TX25SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
TX25SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories
QXFC
TXSM8
Quick connection set
Bolt connection set
TX25SL2045
TX25SL2060
TX25SL2090
TX25SL2090E
TX25SL2090I
ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 45° corner
ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 60° corner
ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner
ST 25 cm. triangular 2 ways 90° corner, ext. vertex
ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner, int. vertex
TX25SL2120
TX25SL2135
TX25SL3L
TX25SL3R
TX25ST3
ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 120° corner
ST 25 cm. triangular 2 way 135° corner
ST 25 cm. triangular 3 way corner left
ST 25 cm. triangular 3 way corner right
ST 25 cm. triangular 3 way tee
TX25ST4
TX25SX4
TX25SX5
TX25SX6
ST 25 cm. triangular 4 way tee
ST 25 cm. triangular 4 way cross
ST 25 cm. triangular 5 way cross
ST 25 cm. triangular 6 way cross
TX25SA / ACCESSORIES 400
100
FP25
CO25
Universal 25 cm truss floor plate
BAR HOOK for 25 cm truss
350
25
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES TX30SA
TX30SA
ANTI-TORSION Triangular section aluminium truss with 29 cm long sides. This is the most popular version of all our triangular trusses. It is manufactured using 6082 aluminium alloy extruded components, with a high loadbearing capacity and twist-resistant strength. The diagonal chords have been re-configured and their diameter changed to improve the aesthetic appearance and increase the overall strength of the truss.
TX30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
260
B 150 290 Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm
kg
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 18 x 2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
TX30SL2045 TX30SL2045I TX30SL2060 TX30SL2060I TX30SL2090 TX30SL2090I TX30SL2120 TX30SL2120I TX30SL2135 TX30SL2135I TX30SL3L TX30SL3LU TX30SL3R TX30SL3RU TX30ST3 TX30ST3F TX30ST3FU TX30ST4 TX30ST4RU TX30ST4LU TX30SX4 TX30SX5 TX30SX5NU TX30SX6
6.9 6.9 7.0 7.1 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.9 4.9 5.0 6.5 6.3 6.4 6.3 5.5 5.8 5.5 7.5 7.8 7.8 6.2 8.4 8.6 9.3
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems TXFC: quick-fit kit TXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm TX30S010M5 TX30S021 TX30S025 TX30S050 TX30S100 TX30S150 TX30S200 TX30S250 TX30S300 TX30S350 TX30S400
29x26x10.5 29x26x21 29x26x25 29x26x50 29x26x100 29x26x150 29x26x200 29x26x250 29x26x300 29x26x350 29x26x400
kg 2.3 2.6 2.7 3.7 5.4 7.2 9.0 10.7 12.5 14.2 16.0
100x100x26 100x100x29 100x100x26 100x100x29 50x50x26 50x50x29 50x50x26 50x50x29 50x50x26 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x26 29x50x50 29x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x26 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x50
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 2025 919 418 236 150 103 74 56 43 34 27 22 18 15 13 10
2025 1837 1253 945 751 618 519 448 387 341 301 267 239 214 189 166
0 3 7 13 20 29 39 51 65 80 97 115 136 157 179 202
1306 784 556 427 345 288 245 213 186 164 145 130 116 104 93 83
1306 784 556 427 345 288 245 213 186 164 145 130 116 104 93 83
0 2 5 9 15 22 30 40 51 64 78 94 111 130 151 174
830 534 390 305 249 210 179 156 137 121 109 97 87 79 71 64
1661 1068 779 610 498 419 359 313 274 243 218 194 175 157 142 127
0 2 6 11 18 27 37 49 63 78 96 114 135 158 183 208
638 433 297 225 180 149 127 109 95 84 74 66 59 53 47 42
1913 1300 891 676 540 447 380 327 284 251 222 198 176 158 140 127
0 3 6 12 18 27 37 48 61 75 91 109 128 149 171 197
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
649 192 89 50 31 21
649 385 267 200 156 123
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 19991-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 6 15 28 44 65
2025 1351 948 726 584 486 415 359 314 276 246 219 196 175 157 139
0 3 7 12 19 28 38 50 64 78 96 114 134 156 180 204
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6
506 338 237 181 146 121 104 90 79 69 61 55 49 44 39 35
391 213 143 105 81 64
2 9 21 38 59 85
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 5399 1395 624 351
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered. The load tables values refer to the use of the truss with the apex down.
27
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
TX30SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
TX30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
TX30SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and accessories
QXFC
TXSM10
Quick connection set
Bolt connection set
TX30SA / ACCESSORIES
TX30SL2045
TX30SL2060
TX30SL2090
TX30SL2090E
TX30SL2090I
ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 45° corner
ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 60° corner
ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner
ST 29 cm. triangular 2 ways 90° corner, ext. vertex
ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 90° corner, int. vertex
TX30SL2120
TX30SL2135
TX30SL3L
TX30SL3R
TX30ST3
ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 120° corner
ST 29 cm. triangular 2 way 135° corner
ST 29 cm. triangular 3 way corner left
ST 29 cm. triangular 3 way corner right
ST 29 cm. triangular 3 way tee
TX30ST4
TX30SX4
TX30SX5
TX30SX6
ST 29 cm. triangular 4 way tee
ST 29 cm. triangular 4 way cross
ST 29 cm. triangular 5 way cross
ST 29 cm. triangular 6 way cross
400
100
302
C030
CBT3040
Bar hook for 29 cm. truss
2 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss
350
FP30
FP30M
CO30WB
Universal 29 cm truss floor plate
Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate
29 cm wall bracket W/ half couplers
239
29
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QX25SA
QX25SA
ANTI-TORSION Square section aluminium truss with 25 cm long sides. It is the lightest professional structure, yet it is able to guarantee a reasonable loading capacity and span. The internal 14 mm diameter diagonal components are flush which decreases the aesthetic impact of this truss, which may therefore also be used in small areas.
QX25SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
110 250
B
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x1,5 mm
EN AW 6005 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 14x1,5 mm
EN AW 6060 T6
Ends C:
aluminium casting plate
EN AC 42200 T6
Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM8: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QX25S012M5 QX25S025 QX25S050 QX25S100 QX25S150 QX25S200 QX25S250 QX25S300 QX25S350 QX25S400
25x25x12.5 25x25x25 25x25x50 25x25x100 25x25x150 25x25x200 25x25x250 25x25x300 25x25x350 25x25x400
kg 2.5 2.8 3.5 5.2 6.8 8.4 10.0 11.6 13.3 14.9
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm
kg
QX25K8 (Dado) QX25SL2045 QX25SL2060 QX25SL2090 QX25SL2120 QX25SL2135 QX25SL2ADJ QX25SL3 QX25ST3 QX25ST4 QX25SX4 QX25SX5 QX25SX6 QX25SACL QX25SACS QX25SACSC
7.0 6.8 7.2 4.3 4.4 4.7 5.9 5.9 5.3 6.9 6.6 8.0 9.0 3.5 3.4 3.4
25x25x25 100x100x25 100x100x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x25 50x50x50 50x50x50 50x50x25 50x50x50 50x50x50 25x25x25 25x12.5x25 25x12.5x25
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 537 267 176 131 104 86 73 63 52 41 34 28 24 20
537 533 529 525 521 516 512 508 467 415 375 338 308 279
0 1 3 7 13 23 37 55 72 90 110 132 157 183
537 533 484 400 339 293 256 227 203 183 165 150 136 124
537 533 484 400 339 293 256 227 203 183 165 150 136 124
0 1 4 8 14 21 30 40 52 66 81 99 117 139
269 267 264 258 223 196 173 156 140 127 116 105 96 88
537 533 529 516 446 391 347 311 280 253 231 210 193 176
0 1 4 9 15 24 34 46 60 76 95 115 137 161
179 178 176 175 174 157 141 125 111 99 89 80 73 66
537 533 529 525 521 471 424 376 333 298 267 240 218 198
0 1 4 9 17 26 38 51 66 82 101 120 143 167
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
267 131 77 46
267 262 232 186
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
0 4 12 24
537 533 529 525 521 507 441 391 347 311 281 255 231 210
0 1 3 8 16 27 38 51 66 82 101 122 144 169
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4
134 133 132 131 130 127 110 98 87 78 70 64 58 53
267 197 143 111
1 8 20 38
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 5540 1461 656 371
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
31
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
QX25SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
QX25SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
QX25SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot + 1 steel pin + 1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access.
QXFC
QXICU
QXKFC
QXKFCT
QXSM8
Quick connection set for Q Series
Set of 4 aluminium jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss
Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Dado
Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block
Bolt connection set for Q25S Series
QX25SL2045
QX25SL2060
QX25SL2090
QX25SL2120
QX25SL2135
ST 25 cm.square 2 way 45° corner
ST 25 cm. square 2 way 60° corner
ST 25 cm. square 2 way 90° corner
ST 25 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex
ST 25 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex
QX25SL3
QX25ST3
QX25ST4
QX25SX4
QX25SX5
ST 25 cm. square 3 way corner
ST 25 cm. square 3 way tee
ST 25 cm. square 4 way tee
ST 25 cm. square 4 way cross
ST 25 cm. square 5 way cross
QX25SX6 ST 25 cm. square 6 way cross
DADO SYSTEM
QX25SA / ACCESSORIES
DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.
QX25SACL
QX25SACS
FP25
C025
TZ30K01
ST 25 cm. square Clamp module long
ST 25 cm. square Clamp module short
Universal 25 cm truss floor plate
Bar hook for 25 cm. truss
Assembly tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss
FX25K4
QX25K8
DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
K8 is the DADO version for square section structures.
COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.
BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.
CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.
33
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QX30SA
QX30SA
ANTI-TORSION Square section aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 29 cm long sides. It substitutes the model QX30S, from which it keeps the excellent size, weight, cost and performance characteristics. It is made of 6082 alloy extruded components, with high loadbearing and twisting strength. It is a constitutive element of Unitower, Towerlift 3, and Flyintower 6-300 and FT7.5-500.
QX30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
150 290
B
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 18x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
QX30K8 (Dado) QX30SAL2ADJ QX30SAL2045 QX30SAL2060 QX30SAL2090 QX30SAL2120 QX30SAL2135 QX30SAL3 QX30SAT3 QX30SAT4 QX30SA X4 QX30SA X5 QX30SA X6 QX30SA ACL QX30SA ACS QX30SA ACSC
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QX30SA010M5 QX30SA021 QX30SA025 QX30SA029 QX30SA050 QX30SA100 QX30SA150 QX30SA200 QX30SA250 QX30SA300 QX30SA350 QX30SA400
29x29x10.5 29x29x21 29x29x25 29x29x29 29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x150 29x29x200 29x29x250 29x29x300 29x29x350 29x29x400
kg 2.9 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.8 7.1 9.5 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2
29x29x29 50x50x29 100x100x29 100x100x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50 29x21x29 29x10.5x29 29x12.4x29
kg 9.0 7.4 8.5 9.2 5.9 6.9 6.3 8.2 7.3 9.7 8.2 9.9 11.2 4.5 4.2 5.2
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 2484 1239 824 550 350 241 176 133 104 83 68 56 47 40 34 29 25 22
2484 2478 2473 2200 1750 1448 1231 1067 939 834 748 676 613 559 511 469 431 396
0,3 2 7 15 24 34 46 60 76 94 114 135 159 184 212 241 272 305
2484 1981 1386 1057 850 708 605 526 463 413 371 335 304 278 254 233 214 197
2484 1981 1386 1057 850 708 605 526 463 413 371 335 304 278 254 233 214 197
0,4 3 6 12 18 27 37 48 61 76 92 110 130 151 174 199 226 255
1242 1239 988 768 624 523 449 392 346 309 278 252 230 210 193 177 164 151
2484 2478 1976 1536 1248 1046 898 783 692 618 556 504 459 420 386 355 327 302
0,4 3 8 14 23 33 46 60 77 95 115 138 162 188 217 247 280 314
828 826 720 542 433 359 306 265 233 208 186 168 153 139 127 117 107 99
2484 2478 2161 1625 1298 1077 917 796 700 623 559 505 458 418 382 351 322 297
0,3 3 8 14 22 32 44 57 72 89 108 129 151 176 202 230 260 292
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
1239 491 227 128 81 55
1239 982 681 512 405 330
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 8 19 35 55 79
2484 2478 2344 1779 1427 1187 1013 880 776 691 621 561 510 465 426 392 360 332
0,3 3 8 15 23 34 46 60 76 94 114 136 160 185 213 243 274 308
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6
621 620 586 445 357 297 253 220 194 173 155 140 127 116 107 98 90 83
990 528 354 262 206 167
3 12 26 47 73 105
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 6367 3215 1502 862
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
35
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
QX30SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
QX30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
QX30SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access
QXFC Quick connection set for Q Series
QXICU
QXKFC
QXKFCT
QXSM10
Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss
Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado
Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block
Bolt connection set for Q25S Series
QX30SA / ACCESSORIES
QUKFC Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado
QX30SAL2045
QX30SAL2060
QX30SAL2090
QX30SAL2120
QX30SAL2135
ST 29 cm.square 2 way 45° corner
ST 29 cm. square 2 way 60° corner
ST 29 cm. square 2 way 90° corner
ST 29 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex
ST 29 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex
QX30SAL3
QX30SAT3
QX30SAT4
QX30SAX4
QX30SAX5
ST 29 cm. square 3 way corner
ST 29 cm. square 3 way tee
ST 29 cm. square 4 way tee
ST 29 cm. square 4 way cross
ST 29 cm. square 5 way cross
QX30SAX6
QX30SAX8
QP30L2ADJ
ST 29 cm. square 6 way cross
ST 29 cm. square - 8 way horizontal cross
Adjustable two way corner
DADO SYSTEM QX30SAACL QX30SAACS
QX30SAACSC
ST 29 cm. square Clamp ST 29 cm. square Clamp module short for Towerlift/Varitower
QU30ADP010.5
QU30ADP019.5
QU30ADP021
Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 10.5 cm
Univers. Adapter 29 cm square - Length 19 cm
Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 21 cm
CBQ3040
FP30
FP30M
C030
C030WB
4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss
Universal 29 cm truss floor plate
Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate
Bar hook for 29 cm. truss
29 cm wall bracket W/half couplers
TZ30K01 Ass. tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss
MIxT-290-BR Truss bracket.
MIxT-ADJF
Adjustable foot up to 4 cm.
MIxT-290-CLIP
Clip for cladding trusses with felt or other materials.
MIxT-290-FC25
Felt cladding. Available lengths up to 2.5 m.
DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.
FX30K4
QX30K8
QU30K8
DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
K8 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.
COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.
BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.
CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.
37
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QX40SA
QX40SA
ANTI-TORSION Square section aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 40 cm long sides. It replaces the old truss QX40S. It achieves better resistance thanks to the introduction of diagonals on all the faces.
QX40SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
B
260 400
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 20x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
QX40K8 (Dado) QX40SAL2ADJ QX40SAL2045 QX40SAL2060 QX40SAL2090 QX40SAL2120 QX40SAL2135 QX40SAL3 QX40SAT3 QX40SAT4 QX40SA X4 QX40SA X5 QX40SA X6
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QX40SA010 QX40SA025 QX40SA050 QX40SA100 QX40SA150 QX40SA200 QX40SA250 QX40SA300 QX40SA350 QX40SA400
40x40x10 40x40x25 40x40x50 40x40x100 40x40x150 40x40x200 40x40x250 40x40x300 40x40x350 40x40x400
kg 4.4 5.0 6.7 10.0 13.2 16.6 19.9 23.2 26.5 29.8
40x40x40 50x50x40 100x100x40 100x100x40 50x50x40 50x50x40 50x50x40 50x50x50 100x50x40 50x100x50 100x100x40 100x100x50 100x100x100
kg 12.3 9.0 10.9 11.2 7.6 7.7 7.9 9.8 12.0 14.3 16.0 18.5 22.0
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 3065 1529 1017 761 494 346 255 195 154 123 101 84 70 60 51 44 39 34
3065 3058 3052 3043 2472 2076 1784 1560 1383 1235 1110 1005 916 838 770 709 655 606
0 1 4 10 16 23 31 41 53 65 79 94 110 127 146 166 188 211
2865 2054 1578 1273 1063 909 792 699 624 562 510 465 426 392 362 335 310 288
2865 2054 1578 1273 1063 909 792 699 624 562 510 465 426 392 362 335 310 288
0 1 3 7 11 16 23 30 39 48 59 71 84 98 114 131 149 168
1532 1268 1024 852 726 630 555 495 445 403 368 337 310 286 265 246 229 213
3065 2537 2047 1703 1452 1260 1110 989 890 806 735 674 620 572 530 492 458 427
0 1 4 8 13 19 27 36 46 58 71 86 102 119 138 159 180 203
1022 953 797 680 584 492 424 371 329 295 266 242 221 203 187 172 159 148
3065 2859 2392 2041 1753 1476 1271 1113 987 884 798 726 663 608 560 517 478 443
0 1 4 8 14 21 28 37 48 59 72 86 101 118 136 155 176 197
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
1427 508 258 154 101 71
1427 1016 773 616 506 424
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 4 10 20 32 48
3065 3058 2651 2205 1827 1554 1349 1188 1059 952 862 786 720 662 610 564 523 486
0 1 4 9 14 21 2 38 49 61 74 89 105 122 14 161 182 205
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6
766 765 663 551 457 389 337 297 265 238 216 196 180 165 153 141 131 121
1024 634 451 347 278 230
1 7 16 29 46 67
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 6949 5330 3069 1791
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
39
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
QX40SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
QX40SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
QX40SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access
QXFC
QXICU
QXKFC
QXKFCT
QXSM10
Quick connection set for Q Series
Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss
Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado
Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block
Bolt connection set for Q25S Series
QUKFC
QX40SA / ACCESSORIES
QX40SL2045
QX40SL2060
QX40SL2090
QX40SL2120
QX40SL2135
ST 40 cm.square 2 way 45° corner
ST 40 cm. square 2 way 60° corner
ST 40 cm. square 2 way 90° corner
ST 40 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex
ST 40 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex
QX40SAL3
QX40SAT3
QX40SAT4
QX40SAX4
QX40SAX5
ST 40 cm. square 3 way corner
ST 40 cm. square 3 way tee
ST 40 cm. square 4 way tee
ST 40 cm. square 4 way cross
ST 40 cm. square 5 way cross
QX40SAX6
Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado
ST 40 cm. square 6 way cross
DADO SYSTEM
DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.
QX40SAACSC
QU40ADPO10
CO40
FP30M
FP40
ST 40 cm. square Clamp module Towerlift/Varitower
Universal Adapter 29 cm. square Length 10.5 cm.
Bar hook for 40 cm. truss
Universal 29 cm. truss large floor plate
Universal 40 cm. truss floor plate
TZ40K01
CBQ3040
Assembly tool for half -spigot in 40 cm. side truss
4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss
FX40K4
QX40K8
QU40K8
DADO 6 way flat corner (4 nodules)
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
K4 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
K8 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.
COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with M10 screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.
BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.
CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.
41
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QH30SA
QH30SA
ANTI-TORSION Square section heavy duty aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 29 cm long sides. It substitutes the old Heavy Duty series QD30S and QD30SA. It is characterized by the introduction of Ø 48x3 mm chords and Ø 20x2 mm diagonals on all the faces. This truss constitutes Varitower 3 – 30 and Flyintower FT9.5-600.
QH30SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
150 290
B
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 48x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 20x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
QH30SA ACL QH30SA ACS QH30SAL2045 QH30SAL2060 QH30SAL2090 QH30SAL2120 QH30SAL2135 QH30SAL3 QH30SAT3 QH30SAT4 QH30SA X4 QH30SA X5 QH30SA X6
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit ELEMENTI LINEARI codice cm QH30SA010M5 QH30SA021 QH30SA025 QH30SA029 QH30SA050 QH30SA100 QH30SA150 QH30SA200 QH30SA250 QH30SA300 QH30SA350 QH30SA400
29x29x10.5 29x29x21 29x29x25 29x29x29 29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x150 29x29x200 29x29x250 29x29x300 29x29x350 29x29x400
kg 3,1 3,6 4,1 4,3 5,8 9,1 12,3 15,5 18,7 21,9 25,2 28,4
29x21x29 29x10.5x29 100x100x29 100x100x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50
kg 6,1 5,6 9,4 10,5 11,7 6,8 7,7 8 8,2 10,8 9,3 11,8 12,9
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 2775 1384 920 688 492 340 248 188 147 118 96 79 67 56 48 42 36 31
2775 2768 2760 2753 2462 2039 1734 1503 1323 1176 1056 954 866 790 723 664 611 563
0 2 6 13 24 34 46 60 76 94 114 136 159 185 212 241 272 305
2775 2677 1894 1454 1175 982 840 732 646 576 518 469 427 390 357 328 302 278
2775 2677 1894 1454 1175 982 840 732 646 576 518 469 427 390 357 328 302 278
0 3 6 11 18 26 36 47 60 75 91 109 129 150 173 198 225 254
1387 1384 1335 1046 855 720 619 542 480 429 387 351 320 294 270 249 230 213
2775 2768 2670 2092 1709 1439 1239 1083 960 859 774 703 641 587 540 497 459 425
0 2 7 14 22 33 45 59 76 94 114 136 161 187 215 246 278 313
925 923 920 753 603 501 427 371 327 291 262 237 215 196 180 165 152 140
2775 2768 2760 2259 1809 1503 1282 1114 981 874 785 710 645 589 539 495 456 420
0 2 7 14 22 32 43 57 72 89 108 129 151 176 202 230 260 292
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
1384 663 310 176 112 76
1384 1327 930 704 559 457
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 8 19 34 54 78
2775 2768 2760 2454 1976 1649 1410 1227 1083 966 869 786 715 654 600 551 508 469
0 2 7 14 23 33 45 60 76 94 114 135 159 185 213 242 274 307
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6
694 692 690 614 494 412 352 307 271 241 217 197 179 163 150 138 127 117
1337 726 490 365 287 234
3 11 26 46 73 104
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 8873 4521 2112 1212
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
43
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
QH30SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
QH30SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
QH30SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access
QXFC Quick connection set for Q Series
QXICU
QXKFC
QXKFCT
QXSM10
Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss
Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado
Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block
Bolt connection set for Q25S Series
QH30SA / ACCESSORIES
QUKFC Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado
QH30SAL2045
QH30SAL2060
QH30SAL2090
QH30SAL2120
QH30SAL2135
HD 29 cm.square 2 way 45° corner
HD 29 cm. square 2 way 60° corner
HD 29 cm. square 2 way 90° corner
HD 29 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex
HD 29 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex
QH30SAL3
QH30SAT3
QH30SAT4
QH30SAX4
QH30SAX5
HD 29 cm. square 3 way corner
HD 29 cm. square 3 way tee
HD 29 cm. square 4 way tee
HD 29 cm. square 4 way cross
HD 29 cm. square 5 way cross
QH30SAX6
QP30L2ADJ
HD 29 cm. square 6 way cross
Adjustable two way corner
DADO SYSTEM QH30SAACS
QH30SAACL
QU30ADP010.5
QU30ADP019.5
QU30ADP021
ST 29 cm. square Clamp module short
ST 29 cm. square Clamp for Towerlift/Varitower
Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 10.5 cm
Univers. Adapter 29 cm square - Length 19 cm
Universal Adapter 29 cm square - Length 21 cm
CBQ3040
FP30
FP30M
C030
C030WB
4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss
Universal 29 cm truss floor plate
Universal 29 cm truss large floor plate
Bar hook for 29 cm. truss
29 cm wall bracket W/half couplers
TZ30K01 Ass. tool for half-spigot in 25&29 cm side truss
MIxT-290-BR Truss bracket.
MIxT-ADJF
Adjustable foot up to 4 cm.
MIxT-290-CLIP
Clip for cladding trusses with felt or other materials.
MIxT-290-FC25
Felt cladding. Available lengths up to 2.5 m.
DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.
QX30K8
QU30K8
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
K8 is the DADO version for square and flat section structures.
An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.
COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.
BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.
CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.
45
TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES QH40SA
QH40SA
ANTI-TORSION Square section heavy duty aluminium truss twist-resistant version with 40 cm long sides. It replaces the old Heavy Duty series QD40S and QD40SA. It is characterized by the introduction of Ø 48x3 mm chords and Ø 20x2 mm diagonals on all the faces. This truss constitutes Varitower 3-40.
QH40SA LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
A C
260
B
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 48x3 mm EN AW 6082 6
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code cm
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 22x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
QH40SA ACSC QH40SAL2045 QH40SAL2060 QH40SAL2090 QH40SAL2120 QH40SAL2135 QH40SAL3 QH40SAT3 QH40SAT4 QH40SA X4 QH40SA X5 QH40SA X6
Ends C: aluminium casting plate EN AC 42200 T6 Connection systems QXFC: quick-fit kit QXSM10: bolt connection kit LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QH40SA010 QH40SA025 QH40SA050 QH40SA100 QH40SA150 QH40SA200 QH40SA250 QH40SA300 QH40SA350 QH40SA400
40x40x10 40x40x25 40x40x50 40x40x100 40x40x150 40x40x200 40x40x250 40x40x300 40x40x350 40x40x400
kg 4,4 5,6 7,6 11,3 14,9 18,6 22,3 26 29,6 33,3
40x14.4x40 100x100x29 100x100x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x29 50x50x50 50x50x50
kg 7,1 11,6 17,3 12,6 9,2 9,2 9,5 14,8 17,3 20,1 19,9 27,9
400
SPAN m 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD FIFTH POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 3650 1822 1213 908 693 486 359 276 218 176 145 120 102 87 75 65 57 50
3650 3644 3638 3631 3467 2919 2515 2206 1960 1761 1590 1445 1322 1215 1122 1039 965 899
0 1 4 8 16 23 31 41 52 65 79 94 110 128 146 167 188 211
3650 2822 2180 1767 1480 1270 1110 984 881 797 725 664 612 565 524 488 455 425
3650 2822 2180 1767 1480 1270 1110 984 881 797 725 664 612 565 524 488 455 425
0 1 3 7 11 16 22 30 38 48 58 70 83 97 112 129 146 165
1825 1736 1408 1176 1006 877 775 693 625 569 521 479 443 411 382 357 334 313
3650 3471 2815 2353 2013 1754 1550 1386 1251 1138 1041 958 885 821 765 714 668 626
0 1 4 7 12 19 26 35 46 58 71 85 101 118 137 157 178 201
1217 1215 1093 936 816 691 597 524 466 419 380 347 318 293 271 252 234 219
3650 3644 3279 2809 2447 2073 1790 1572 1399 1257 1139 1040 954 879 814 755 703 656
0 1 4 8 14 20 28 37 47 59 72 86 101 118 135 155 175 197
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / SPIGOT CONNECTION
1822 700 358 216 143 101
1822 1400 1074 862 714 605
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 4 10 19 32 47
3650 3644 3627 3066 2549 2176 1894 1674 1496 1350 1228 1123 1033 954 885 823 767 717
0 1 4 9 14 21 29 38 48 60 74 88 104 122 140 160 181 204
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6
913 911 907 767 637 544 474 418 374 338 307 281 258 239 221 206 192 179
1408 880 632 489 395 329
1 6 16 29 46 68
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12
N
AXIAL LOAD N am. Kg 9697 7444 4316 2519
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
47
END-PLATED TRUSSES
END-PLATED TRUSSES
QH40SA SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
QH40SA / CORNERS & FITTINGS
To further enhance the standard products, LITEC offers a wide range of corners, connections and accessories useful for many different applications and needs. “Quick connect” or “nult & bolt connect”. End-plated trusses allow to use two different systems of connection. The quick-fit system is certainly the most wide-spread and mainly used when the structure is frequently assembled and dismantled. In case of permanent installations, on the other hand, a more economical bolt connection system may be used. Our plate is made in such a way that bolts may be completely inserted so that there are no edges or external protuberances which could damage canvases or other fabrics or which might simply be unaesthetic on certain structures.
QH40SA / CONNECTIONS
KSG
KCP
KSP
K370
KSF
KCFS
Litectruss aluminium spigot, set of 10
R-spring, set of 100
Steel pin, set of 10
Half truss spigot +1 steel pin +1 R-spring (not for Dado)
Threaded pin, set of 12
Kit for vert. connec incl. bolts, spigots and access
QXFC
QXICU
QXKFC
QXKFCT
QXSM10
Quick connection set for Q Series
Set of 4 alum. jointed spigot for “X” and “D” truss
Set of 4 half spigot with M10 screws for Dado
Set of 4 half spigot with screw for Universal Sleeve Block
Bolt connection set for Q25S Series
QUKFC
QX40SA / ACCESSORIES
QH40SAL2045
QH40SAL2060
QH40SAL2090
QH40SAL2120
QH40SAL2135
HD 40 cm. square 2 way 45° corner
HD 40 cm. square 2 way 60° corner
HD 40 cm. square 2 way 90° corner
HD 40 cm. square 2 ways 120° corner, ext. vertex
HD 40 cm. square 2 way 135° corner, int. vertex
QH40SAL3
QH40SAT3
QH40SAT4
QH40SAX4
QH40SAX5
HD 40 cm. square 3 way corner
HD 40 cm. square 3 way tee
HD 40 cm. square 4 way tee
HD 40 cm. square 4 way cross
HD 40 cm. square 5 way cross
QH40SAX6
Set of 4 half spigot with M12 screws for Dado
HD 40 cm. square 6 way cross
DADO SYSTEM
DADO, the solution for all 90° corners and crosses. Managing corners and crosses is one of the biggest problems structure installers and hirers have to face. DADO is the answer. It is devised around a six-faced die-cast cube and may be put together in multifarious ways leaving the user complete freedom. The connection between DADO and the trusses is the quick-fit type, with special steel half spigots. Their assembly and alignment is made easy with an assembly template.
QX40SAACSC
QU40ADPO10
CO40
FP30M
FP40
ST 40 cm. square Clamp module Towerlift/Varitower
Universal Adapter 29 cm. square Length 10.5 cm.
Bar hook for 40 cm. truss
Universal 29 cm. truss large floor plate
Universal 29 cm. truss floor plate
TZ40K01
CBQ3040
Assembly tool for half -spigot in 40 cm. side truss
4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss
QX40K8
QU40K8
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
DADO 6 way box corner (8 nodules)
K8 is the DADO version for square section structures.
An even sturdier solution to manage corners and crosses.
COUPLER ASSEMBLY Before joining a truss to a Dado, the half-spigots must be inserted on the face to be connected. The spigots should be connected to a Dado with screws. Do not tighten the screws yet.
BLOCKING THE SPIGOTS Next, using the supplied tool, tighten the screws two by two on the diagonals of the same face. Use of tool TZ30K01 (or TZ40K01 or QX40K8) is essential for maintaining the position of the spigots.
CONNECTING TO THE TRUSS Connecting Dado to a truss is straightforward and intuitive. You will need both the conical pins and safety split-pins. NOTE: the conical pins must be hammered hard into the connectors.
49
END-PLATED TRUSSES
Armani Fashion Show / Armani Hotel Opening in Dubai Photo courtesy of TechnoPro llc, P.O. Box 18820, Dubai, United Arab Emirates
CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES COMPATIBILITY LITEC has extended its product portfolio supplying even those customers that have trusses with conical connections in their stock with the NEW P Series and E Series trusses. The P series has 16x2mm braces, whilst E line has 20x2 mm braces. The thicker braces of the E Series trusses make them more durable in their life cycle and more resistant during transportation. For this reason, they are more suitable for the rental sector. Compatible with the most popular trusses with conical connection systems already existing in the market, both these series are very versatile in their use and very fast to be joined.
52
53
TRUSSES CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES / P SERIES
P SERIES TRUSSES P Series trusses are designed with main tubes (50 x 2 mm) and diagonals (16 x 12 mm), and use bush connectors. They are compact and strong, and represent the perfect solution for fixed installations and the exhibition industry. The series also includes rings and corners.
P SERIES TRUSSES
A
LOAD TABLE/CONICAL CONNECTION
290
B
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD
2000
SPAN m
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 16x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
QC30P050 QC30P100 QC30P200 QC30P300
Connection systems: Fast conical connection system
29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x200 29x29x300
kg 3.0 5.0 11.0 16.8
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code description
54
QC30PL2090
90° two-way corner
QC30PL3
90° three-way corner
QC30PT3
Three-way T corner
FPC30P
Universal truss floor plate – 30 cm
QC30PL2ADJ
Adjustable two-way corner
QC30K8
Six-way DADO
4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
point load load kg/m
CENTRE POINT LOAD
point load load kg
426 257 142 89 60 42 31 23 18
Load table has been prepared in accordance with din4113 and DIN18800. When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1171 771 568 444 359 297 248 210 177
THIRD POINT LOAD
point load load kg 852 578 426 333 269 222 186 157 133
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self-weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table. It should be noted that this
are idealized loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
55
CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES
CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES
/ SYSTEM
P SERIES SYSTEM
P SERIES SYSTEM
These pages show corners, fittings and accessories for P Square Series Trusses with conical connection. Junctions are very important to build up a successful modular system. The corners available ensures maximum versatility to meet any specific project requirements.
DADOS are extremely versatile alternative solutions to standard welded junctions. The compact DADO can easily be configured up to 6 ways by adding male and female receivers in the appropriate faces. To calculate number of receivers required, determine how many directions (ways) the DADO is to be configured and multiply this number by 4 (i.e. a 3-way junction requires 12 off male and female receivers).
P SERIES / CORNERS & FITTINGS
P SERIES / DADO SYSTEM
QC30K8
QC30PL2090
QC30PL2ADJ
QC30PL3
QC30PT3
QC30PX4
QCPKFC
Six-way DADO
90° two-way corner
Adjustable two-way corner
90° three-way cornervertex
ThreP-way T cornervertex
90° four-way corner
DADO connection set – 4 pcs
P SERIES / CONNECTIONS
P SERIES / ACCESSORIES Easy attachment to match truss pin orientation
56
QCPFC
FPC30P
QC30P010M5
Quick connect. set – 4 pcs
P-Series Universal truss floor plate 30 cm
P-Series Adapter for Truss 29 cm. square cm. 10,5
57
TRUSSES CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES / E SERIES
E SERIES TRUSSES E Series trusses are designed with main tubes (50 x 2 mm) and diagonals (20 x 12 mm), and use bush connectors. They are strong and versatile, and are ideal for exhibition and entertainment sector applications. The series also includes rings and corners.
E SERIES TRUSSES
A
LOAD TABLE/CONICAL CONNECTION
290
B
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD
2000 Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 20x2 mm EN AW 6082 T6
LT QC30E050 LT QC30E100 LT QC30E200 LT QCE300
Connection systems: Fast conical connection system
29x29x50 29x29x100 29x29x200 29x29x300
kg 4.0 5.9 11.8 17.7
CORNERS AND FITTINGS code description
58
QC30EL2090
90° two-way corner
QC30EL3
90° three-way corner
QC30ET3
Three-way T corner
FPC30E
Universal truss floor plate – 30 cm
QC30EL2ADJ
Adjustable two-way corner
QC30K8
Six-way DADO
SPAN m 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
point load load kg/m
CENTRE POINT LOAD
point load load kg
426 257 142 89 60 42 31 23 18
Load table has been prepared in accordance with din4113 and DIN18800. When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1171 771 568 444 359 297 248 210 177
THIRD POINT LOAD
point load load kg 852 578 426 333 269 222 186 157 133
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self-weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table. It should be noted that this
are idealized loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
59
CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES
CONICAL CONNECTION TRUSSES
/ SYSTEM
E SERIES SYSTEM
P SERIES SYSTEM
These pages show corners, fittings and accessories for E Square Series Trusses with conical connection. Junctions are very important to build up a successful modular system. The corners available ensures maximum versatility to meet any specific project requirements.
DADOS are extremely versatile alternative solutions to standard welded junctions. The compact DADO can easily be configured up to 6 ways by adding male and female receivers in the appropriate faces. To calculate number of receivers required, determine how many directions (ways) the DADO is to be configured and multiply this number by 4 (i.e. a 3-way junction requires 12 off male and female receivers).
E SERIES / CORNERS & FITTINGS
E SERIES / DADO SYSTEM
QC30K8
QC30EL2090
QC30EL2ADJ
QC30EL3
QC30ET3
QC30EX4
QCEKFC
Six-way DADO
90° two-way corner
Adjustable two-way corner
90° three-way cornervertex
ThreP-way T cornervertex
90° four-way corner
DADO connection set – 4 pcs
E SERIES / CONNECTIONS
E SERIES / ACCESSORIES Easy attachment to match truss pin orientation
60
QCEFC
FPC30E
QC30E010M5
Quick connect. set – 4 pcs
P-Series Universal truss floor plate 30 cm
P-Series Adapter for Truss 29 cm. square cm. 10,5
61
LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES INFINITY, IN A FEW CUBIC METRES LIBERA is the only flat aluminium beam system in the world that can easily be used to create and build load-bearing structures in a virtually infinite number of shapes. LIBERA System consists of “constant” elements, FL52, FL76 and FL105 flat beams, and “variable” elements which make it extremely versatile. LIBERA is compact, modular, strong, reliable, easy to transport and store. LIBERA cuts your running costs to a minimum. LIBERA roofing sheets are available in various lengths, finishings and colours. LIBERA can also easily combine with the High Load truss range with forked connections.
TRUSSES LIBERA SYSTEM FL52
LIBERA FL52 This is the most suitable LIBERA system for fairs and medium-sized installations. This modular grid structure can be used to build single spans of up to 16/18 meters in length with standard centre-to-centre distances (50 cm, 1 and 2 meters).
LIBERA FL52 LOAD TABLE
A
B
C LIBERA SYSTEM FL52 33 to 186 cm flat trusses - FL52 Available in two versions: standard and with built-in roofing sheet guides Ends with aluminium forks Made of EN AW-6082 T6 aluminium with 50x4 mm tubes and 30x30 mm diagonals Universal four-way connection
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6
TRUSS code
H cm
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6
FL52035V FL52086V FL52137V FL52186V FL52035R FL52086R FL52186R
flat section 52 35 flat section 52 86 flat section 52 137 flat section 52 186 flat section 52 35 with guide flat section 52 86 with guide flat section 52 186 with guide
Ends C: forks connector EN AW 6082 T6 Connection system FL52CS04: four-way connection KHLP: Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip KHLM+KHLF
520
SPAN m 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 737 507 368 278 217 173 140 115 96 80 68 58 50 43 37 32
8 12 16 21 26 32 39 46 54 63 72 82 93 104 116 128
CENTRE POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1842 1521 1290 1115 976 865 772 693 625 566 514 467 425 387 352 320
6 9 13 16 21 26 31 37 43 50 58 66 74 83 93 103
THIRD POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1381 1141 967 836 732 648 579 520 469 424 385 350 319 290 264 240
8 12 16 21 27 33 40 47 55 64 74 84 95 106 118 131
QUARTER POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 921 760 645 557 488 432 386 346 312 283 257 233 212 193 176 160
8 12 15 19 25 30 37 44 51 60 69 78 88 99 110 122
FIFTH POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 764 631 535 462 405 359 320 287 259 235 213 194 176 160 146 132
8 12 16 21 27 33 40 47 55 64 74 84 95 106 118 131
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE
L cm
2000
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0
2485 1651 1160 737 507 368 278
2 5 11 18 25 35 45
2342 1555 1160 921 760 645 557
3 7 12 19 28 38 49
490
B
470
Section Area mm2 2312
Permissible bending moment kg/m 23,5
Permissible vertical Selfweight shear force kg/m approx. kg/m 25
15
65
LIBERA SYSTEM
LIBERA SYSTEM TRUSSES
LIBERA FL52 SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
LIBERAFL52 / ACCESSORIES
LIBERA is an open structural system. The distinguishing feature of the system is that it uses standard modular elements connected together in ways that allow varied design and geometry of the finished structure. These two pages show connections and accessories that are helpful in the assembly or set up of your LIBERA FL52 system. The wide range of accessories for LIBERA System include bar hooks, spacers for the construction of arched geometries, complimentary elements for sleeve-blocks and transport trolley systems for flat trusses.
LIBERAFL52 / CONNECTIONS
KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
KHLM
KHLP
M20 screw bolt + spring washer
M20 screw nut + spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
Male fork connector complete
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
KHL90LS
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork alum. connector, left
90° double fork steel connector, left
90° double fork alum. connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
KHL180AL110R
FL52CS02
FL52CS03
FL52CS04
FL52CS04C
FL52CS04F
180° double fork aluminium L = 110 mm R
2 ways fork connection system
3 ways fork connection system
4 ways fork connection system
curved 4 ways fork conn. system
4 ways fork conn. system w/foot
C052D
FL52CS09ALU
FL52033HSZ1
FL52047HSZ1
FL52ST
FL52MS
Bar hook for 52 cm. truss
Alusfera 52 peak
Hoist support
Hoist support
FL52 Transport trolley system for 20 pieces
Hoist support
FL52IS40-L
FL52IS40-R
RA / Reinforcement arm
RAF / Reinforced tube w/forks
Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 52 - Left
Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 52 - Right
RA050 – working length 73 cm RA100 – working length 123 cm RA200 – working length 223 cm RA300 – working length 323 cm
RAF047 – working length 47 cm RAF086 – working length 86 cm RAF100 – working length 100 cm RAF186 – working length 186 cm RAF200 – working length 200 cm
RAH / Diagonal brace w/clamps
RAL / 4 mm Aluminium pipe
RAT / Aluminium pipe w/caps
RAH014M2P – working length 14.2 cm RAH049P – working length 49 cm RAH141M4 – working length 141 cm RAH158M8 – working length 158 cm RAH205M9S – working length 205 cm RAH213M5 – working length 213 cm RAH223M6 – working length 223 cm RAH250M6 – working length 250 cm RAH282M8 – working length 282 cm
RAL047 – length 47 cm RAL086 – length 86 cm RAL100 – length 100 cm RAL186 – length 186 cm RAL200 – length 200 cm
RAT050 – working length 50 cm RAT100 – working length 100 cm RAT150 – working length 150 cm RAT200 – working length 200 cm RAT250 – working length 250 cm RAT300 – working length 300 cm
LIBERAFL52 / FRAMES FL52CS04FF
FL52CS04FISS
FL52CS04L
FL52CS04RT
TZHL01
1 / FL52 truss fixed onto 4-way connection system FL52CS04
4 ways fork conn. system w/foot and vertical fork
4 ways fork connection system
4 ways fork conn. system with eyes
4 ways fork conn. system with rail
FL assembly kit
2 / Detail of RAH fixed onto FL52 end brace 3 / FL52 module
1
66
2
3
67
TRUSSES LIBERA SYSTEM FL76
LIBERA FL76 This LIBERA System is ideal for large grids and complex installations, allowing to build structures of up to 22 metres long with standard centre-to-centre distances. Indoors, it is suitable for theatre grid structures, and TV and cinema studios with innumerable advantages.
712
B
LIBERA SYSTEM FL76 47 to 300 cm flat trusses - FL76 Available in two versions: standard and with built-in roofing sheet guides Ends with universal steel forks Made in EN AW-6082 T6 aluminium with 50x4 mm tubes and 30x30 mm diagonals Curved parts for grid stucture end fittings Universal four-way or male/female pass-through connection
TRUSS code
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6
FL76047V FL76086V FL76100V FL76186V FL76200V FL76047R FL76086R FL76100R FL76186R FL76200R FL76111RHC
Braces C: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6 Ends D: steel forks connector 11SMnPb37 Connection system KHLP: Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip KHLM+KHLF
H cm
25
15
LOAD TABLE / CONNECTIONS TYPE A AND TYPE B
SPAN m
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point central point central point central point central point central load deflection load deflection load deflection load deflection load deflection kg/mm mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B 5 4 5 5 5 535 975 5 2557 2557 4 1337 1918 5 870 1278 5 668 1061 5 7 6 7 7 7 441 702 7 2108 2108 6 1325 1581 7 858 1054 7 662 875 7 8 9 10 375 509 10 10 1784 1784 8 1312 1338 10 10 845 892 9 656 740 10 13 325 384 12 12 1537 1537 10 10 1153 1153 13 13 768 768 12 12 638 638 13 16 286 298 16 16 1343 1343 13 13 1007 1007 16 16 671 671 15 15 557 557 16 20 237 237 20 20 1185 1185 16 16 888 888 20 20 592 592 19 19 491 491 20 24 191 191 24 24 1053 1053 19 19 790 790 24 24 526 526 22 22 437 437 24 29 157 157 28 28 941 941 23 23 706 706 29 29 470 470 27 27 390 390 29 34 130 130 33 33 845 845 26 26 633 633 34 34 422 422 31 31 350 350 34 39 108 108 38 38 760 760 31 31 570 570 39 39 380 380 36 36 315 315 39 45 91 91 44 44 685 685 35 35 514 514 45 45 342 342 42 42 284 284 45 51 77 77 50 50 618 618 40 40 464 464 51 51 308 309 47 47 256 256 51 58 65 65 56 56 558 558 45 45 418 418 58 58 279 279 54 54 231 231 58 65 55 55 63 63 502 502 51 51 377 377 65 65 251 251 60 60 208 208 65 72 47 47 70 70 452 452 56 56 339 339 72 72 226 226 67 67 187 187 72 80 10 40 78 78 405 405 63 63 303 303 80 80 202 202 74 74 168 168 8
L cm
flat section 76 47 flat section 76 86 flat section 76 100 flat section 76 186 flat section 76 200 flat section 76 47 with guide flat section 76 86 with guide flat section 76 100 with guide flat section 76 186 with guide flat section 76 200 with guide flat section 76 105 curved
23,5 Selfweight approx. kg/m
LIBERA FL76
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / CONNECTIONS TYPE A AND TYPE B
Chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6
2312
762
C
Permissible bending moment kg/m
Permissible vertical shear force kg/m
A
B
Section Area mm2
TYPE A fork connection
TYPE B four-way connection
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm
1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0
A 1375 908 675 535 441 375 325
B 2475 1641 125 975 702 509 384
A 0 1 3 6 10 16 24
B 1 5 5 10 15 21 27
A 1375 1362 1350 1278 1054 892 768
B 2475 2164 1612 1278 1054 892 768
A 1 3 6 12 17 23 3
B 1 4 7 12 17 23 3
712 762
69
LIBERA SYSTEM
LIBERA SYSTEM TRUSSES
LIBERA FL76 SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
LIBERAFL76 / ACCESSORIES
LIBERA is an open structural system. The distinguishing feature of the system is that it uses standard modular elements connected together in ways that allow varied design and geometry of the finished structure. These two pages show connections and accessories that are helpful in the assembly or set up of your LIBERA FL76 system. The wide range of accessories for LIBERA System include bar hooks, spacers for the construction of arched geometries, complimentary elements for sleeve-blocks and transport trolley systems for flat trusses.
LIBERAFL76 / CONNECTIONS
KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
KHLM
KHLP
M20 screw bolt + spring washer
M20 screw nut + spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
Male fork connector complete
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
KHL90LS
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork alum. connector, left
90° double fork steel connector, left
90° double fork alum. connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
KHL180AL149R
FL76CS02
FL76CS03
FL76CS04
FL76CS04C
FL76CS04L
Alusfera 76 spacer A
2 ways fork connection system
3 ways fork connection system
4 ways fork connection system
4 ways fork conn. system tonde
4 ways fork conn. system w/foot
C052D
C066
FL76059HS
FL76047HSV
FL76CS09ALU
FL76CS10ALU
Alusfera 76 peak
Alusfera “2” 76 peak
Bar hook for 52 cm. truss
Bar hook for 61 cm. truss
HL 76 cm. gate cm 59 truss hoist support
HL 76 cm. gate cm 47 truss hoist support
FL76MSZ1
FLRS52E-L
FLRS52E-R
FLRS40E-L
FLRS40E-R
FL76ST
Hoist support
Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 76 - Left
Inclination system for MT52 tower/ Libera 76 - Right
Inclination system for MT40 tower/ Libera 76 - Left
Inclination system for MT40 tower/ Libera 76 - Right
FL76 transport trolley system for 20 pieces
FL76TT
FL76FP
Support for truss
Stage floor plate
RAH / Diagonal brace w/clamps RAH014M2P – working length 14.2 cm RAH141M4 – working length 141 cm RAH158M8 – working length 158 cm RAH161M2 – working length 161 cm RAH191M4 – working length 191 cm RAH223M6 – working length 223 cm RAH242M5 – working length 242 cm RAH272M5 – working length 272 cm RAH282M8 – working length 282 cm RAH302M6 – working length 302 cm RAH311M9 – working length 311 cm RAH352M7 – working length 352 cm RAH380 – working length 380 cm
RA / Reinforcement arm
RAF / Reinforced tube w/forks
RA050 – working length 73 cm RA100 – working length 123 cm RA200 – working length 223 cm RA300 – working length 323 cm
RAF047 – working length 47 cm RAF086 – working length 86 cm RAF100 – working length 100 cm RAF186 – working length 186 cm RAF200 – working length 200 cm
RAL / 4 mm Aluminium pipe
RAT / Aluminium pipe w/caps
RAL047 – length 47 cm RAL086 – length 86 cm RAL100 – length 100 cm RAL186 – length 186 cm RAL200 – length 200 cm
RAT050 – working length 50 cm RAT100 – working length 100 cm RAT150 – working length 150 cm RAT200 – working length 200 cm RAT250 – working length 250 cm RAT300 – working length 300 cm
LIBERAFL76 / FRAMES FL76CS04R
FL76R-ALU
TZHL01
4 ways fork conn. system w/foot and vertical fork
HL 76 cm. ladder Alusfera 76 gate
FL assembly kit
1 / FL76 truss fixed onto 4-way connection system FL76CS04 5
1
70
2
3
4
6
2 / Detail RAH fixed onto FL76 end brace 3 / FL76 truss fixed onto end brace KHLM + KHLF
4 / Detail of FL76 module with RAH fixed onto end brace 5 / FL76 module with RAH fixed onto end brace 6 / FL76 module with 4-way connection
71
TRUSSES LIBERA SYSTEM FL105
LIBERA FL105 The top of the LIBERA range. It is ideal for heavy duty use, with High Load carrying capacity and wide spans. LIBERA 105 is mainly for outdoor use. It is the most suitable system for building roofing and large structures. It can be used to build a span of up to 30 metres in length with a large carrying capacity.
LIBERA FL105 LOAD TABLE
A C B
1000
1055
D LIBERA SYSTEM FL105 45 to 186 cm flat trusses - FL105 Available in standard version Ends with aluminium forks Made of EN AW-6082 T6 aluminium with 60x5 mm upper tube, 50x4 mm lower tube and 50x4 mm diagonal Universal four-way or male/female pass-through connection Upper chords A: extruded tube Ø 60x5 mm EN AW 6082T6
TRUSS code
H cm
Lower chords A: extruded tube Ø 50x5 mm EN AW 6082T6
FL105045V FL105086V FL105136V FL105186V
flat section 105 45 flat section 105 86 flat section 105 136 flat section 105 186
Diagonals B: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6
L cm
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 965 798 679 590 520 465 419 376 315 267 228 196 169 147 129 113 99 87 76 67 59
4 5 7 10 12 15 18 22 25 29 34 38 43 49 54 60 66 72 79 86 94
CENTRE POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 4825 4790 4106 3560 3131 2785 2498 2256 2049 1869 1710 1570 1443 1329 1225 1130 1042 960 884 813 746
3 4 6 8 10 12 14 17 20 23 27 31 35 39 43 48 53 58 63 69 75
THIRD POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 2412 2395 2377 2360 2342 2088 1873 1692 1537 1402 1283 1177 1082 997 919 847 781 720 663 610 559
4 6 7 10 12 15 19 22 26 30 34 39 44 50 55 61 67 74 81 88 96
QUARTER POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg/mm mm 1579 1561 1544 1526 1509 1392 1249 1128 1024 934 855 785 721 664 612 565 521 480 442 406 373
4 5 7 9 12 14 17 20 24 28 32 36 41 46 51 57 63 69 75 82 89
FIFTH POINT LOAD
point load kg/mm
central deflection mm
1206 1197 1188 1180 1171 1155 1036 963 850 775 710 651 599 551 508 469 432 398 367 337 309
4 6 7 10 12 15 19 22 26 30 34 39 44 50 55 61 67 74 81 88 96
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE
Braces C: extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm EN AW 6082 T6
Ends D: forks connector EN AW 6082 T6
Connection system KHLP: Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip KHLM+KHLF
SPAN m 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0
2465 1631 1215 965 798 679 590
0 1 2 3 6 10 14
2465 2447 2430 1956 1612 1367 1180
0 2 4 6 9 12 15
73
LIBERA SYSTEM
LIBERA SYSTEM TRUSSES
LIBERA FL105 SYSTEM
/ SYSTEM
LIBERAFL105 / ACCESSORIES
LIBERA is an open structural system. The distinguishing feature of the system is that it uses standard modular elements connected together in ways that allow varied design and geometry of the finished structure. These two pages show connections and accessories that are helpful in the assembly or set up of your LIBERA FL105 system. The wide range of accessories for LIBERA System include bar hooks, spacers for the construction of arched geometries, complimentary elements for sleeve-blocks and transport trolley systems for flat trusses.
LIBERAFL105 / CONNECTIONS
KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
KHLM
KHLP
M20 screw bolt + spring washer
M20 screw nut + spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
Male fork connector complete
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
KHL90LS
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork alum. connector, left
90° double fork steel connector, left
90° double fork alum. connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
KHL180AL149R
FL105CS02
FL105CS03
FL105CS04
Alusfera 76 spacer A
2 ways fork connection system
3 ways fork connection system
4 ways fork connection system
FL105MS
FL105MSZ1
FL105ST
Hoist support
Hoist support
FL105 transport trolley system for 20 pieces
RA / Reinforcement arm
RAF / Reinforced tube w/forks
RAH / Diagonal brace w/clamps
RA050 – working length 73 cm RA100 – working length 123 cm RA200 – working length 223 cm RA300 – working length 323 cm
RAF047 – working length 47 cm RAF086 – working length 86 cm RAF100 – working length 100 cm RAF186 – working length 186 cm RAF200 – working length 200 cm
RAH014M2P – working length 14.2 cm RAH100M3P – working length 100 cm RAH141M4 – working length 141 cm RAH223M6 – working length 223 cm RAH282M8 – working length 282 cm
RAL / 4 mm Aluminium pipe
RAT / Aluminium pipe w/caps
RAL047 – length 47 cm RAL086 – length 86 cm RAL100 – length 100 cm RAL186 – length 186 cm RAL200 – length 200 cm RAL400 – length 400 cm
RAT050 – working length 50 cm RAT100 – working length 100 cm RAT150 – working length 150 cm RAT200 – working length 200 cm RAT250 – working length 250 cm RAT300 – working length 300 cm
FL105CS04Z1
LIBERAFL105 / FRAMES 1 / Connection detail RAH FL105 2 / FL105 Connection 3 / FL105 Module
1
74
2
3
75
LIBERA SYSTEM / STAR TRUSSES
Subsonica’s Tour in Pordenone Photo courtesy of ELECTRA SERVICE snc Mantua, Italy
HIGH-LOAD “FORK� TRUSSES LOAD CARRYING CAPACITY Load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions and excellent performances. Their design and twist-resistant geometry make High Load trusses usable both with horizontal and vertical forks. They are strong and sturdy, and may be used as structural components in a grid, large load bearing beams or support towers. Some of the trusses in this line are built of extruded tubes with built in guides for inserting roofing sheets. Perfectly in line with international standard dimensions, they are totally integrated with the LIBERA System.
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES RF40
RF40 High Load 40x29 cm rectangularsection aluminium truss. It is the most compact truss of the High Load series with a fork connection. Suitable for quite long spans, it keeps an optimum ratio between maximum load and truss deflection. The horizontally-aligned fork ends allow the truss to be used with only minimal accessories to build grid structures.
RF40 LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
A D
B
C
350
E
290
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Braces C:
extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Braces D:
extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends E:
aluminium fork connector
EN AW 6082 T6
400
SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm RF40100 RF40200 RF40300 RF40400
40x29x100 40x29x200 40x29x300 40x29x400
kg 13.2 16.8 20.0 23.2
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1928 5785 5 2524 2524 4 1593 3186 4 1222 3665 4 1009 4038 5 1257 5029 11 2084 2084 7 1351 2702 8 1059 3176 9 887 3549 9 852 4262 18 1770 1770 12 1171 2343 14 932 2797 15 771 3084 16 616 3696 28 1537 1537 18 1032 2065 21 832 2496 24 666 2662 24 458 3205 38 1356 1356 26 920 1840 30 750 2250 34 585 2340 34 353 2822 50 1211 1211 35 830 1659 41 667 2000 45 519 2077 45 279 2515 64 1090 1090 45 754 1508 53 595 1786 58 467 1867 58 226 2264 80 990 990 57 690 1380 67 537 1610 73 423 1692 73 187 2054 98 905 905 70 634 1269 83 487 1462 88 386 1543 89 156 1875 117 832 832 85 586 1172 101 445 1336 106 354 1416 107 132 1721 138 768 768 101 544 1088 120 409 1227 125 326 1305 127 113 1586 160 711 711 119 505 1010 141 377 1131 146 302 1207 149 98 1467 185 660 660 138 471 942 164 349 1047 169 280 1120 172 85 1361 211 615 615 158 440 881 188 324 972 193 261 1042 197 74 1266 239 574 574 180 413 825 215 301 904 218 243 972 223 66 1180 268 536 536 204 387 774 243 281 843 246 227 908 252 58 1099 299 502 502 230 364 727 273 263 788 275 212 850 282 51 1026 331 471 471 257 342 684 305 245 736 306 199 796 314
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2165 790 413 252 169 120 89
2165 1581 1238 1010 846 722 624
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 4 11 22 36 55 77
1593 1035 762 598 488 408 348
1 7 18 34 55 81 111
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12 15
AXIAL LOAD
N
N am. Kg 17392 8148 3852 2222 1407
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
81
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM
RF40 SYSTEM
RF40 / CORNER SOLUTIONS
High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.
RF40 / CONNECTIONS
A Corner 90°
KF30P3030
B Corner 120° KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
KHLM
M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer
M20 screw nut + conical spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
Male fork connector complete
FF40023M9P
KHLP
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
KHL90LS
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork aluminium connector, left
90° double fork steel connector, left
C Corner 135°
KF30L2135 KHL90RA
KHL90RS
TZHL01
90° double fork aluminium connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
FL assembly kit
D Kit for column
FF40023M9P
RF40 / ACCESSORIES
KF30L2135
CBQ3040
CBT3040
KF30P3030
FF40023M9P
Kit for 135° corner
4 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss
2 points Bridle Hook for 29/40 cm. truss
Plate for 90° corner incl. Bolts
Heavy Load 40 Gate - 23,9 cm.
KF30P3030
KCFS
83
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL40A
QL40A
ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 40 cm long sides. It is diagonalized on all faces and is provided with an aluminium fork connection. This guarantees excellent rigidity and elevated resistance in both horizontal and vertical applications despite its reduced section.
QL40A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
A B
400
C
400
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends C:
aluminium forks connector
EN AW 6082 T6
Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip
SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1579 4736 3 2601 2601 3 1521 3043 3 1110 3331 3 884 3535 3 1173 4693 8 2264 2264 6 1360 2720 6 1010 3031 6 814 3256 7 891 4456 15 2004 2004 11 1229 2458 11 926 2778 12 754 3016 12 692 4151 24 1795 1795 17 1119 2239 18 854 2562 19 702 2809 20 549 3842 35 1624 1624 24 1027 2055 26 793 2378 28 657 2628 29 445 3561 49 1480 1480 33 947 1895 36 738 2213 39 616 2465 41 362 3260 64 1358 1358 43 879 1757 48 690 2069 52 580 2320 55 301 3007 82 1253 1253 55 818 1636 61 647 1940 67 546 2184 72 253 2779 101 1160 1160 69 764 1527 77 608 1824 85 504 2015 89 212 2547 121 1079 1079 84 715 1430 95 573 1720 105 467 1867 108 179 2327 143 1006 1006 101 671 1342 114 541 1622 127 434 1736 130 153 2136 165 941 941 120 631 1262 136 512 1536 152 405 1621 153 131 1969 190 881 881 141 595 1190 159 484 1453 178 379 1514 178 114 1822 216 827 827 163 561 1121 185 455 1366 206 355 1419 205 99 1690 244 779 779 187 530 1061 212 423 1268 233 333 1333 234 87 1572 273 733 733 213 501 1003 242 393 1179 261 313 1253 265 77 1464 304 691 691 240 475 950 274 366 1098 291 295 1179 298 68 1366 337 652 652 270 450 899 308 342 1025 323 278 1111 333
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL40100A QL40130A QL40200A QL40300A
40X40X100 40X40X130 40X40X200 40X40X300
kg 14.70 17.50 25.30 36.20
GATES AND ACCESSORIES code cm FL40035P FL40049MS MTC30F MTC30G / MTC30D KHLP
40X35X5 40X49 - 5X5 48x48X1 48X48X1 Ø 2
kg 3.5 4.1 5 4.2 0.15
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1844 752 422 272 190 139 105
1844 1504 1267 1087 948 831 736
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
0 3 9 18 32 49 71
1519 1120 881 723 608 520 450
1 6 16 32 53 79 111
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12 15
AXIAL LOAD
N
N am. Kg 27759 10833 4951 2813 1820
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
85
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM
QL40A SYSTEM
QL40A / GATES
High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.
QL40A / CONNECTIONS
FL40035P
FL40049M5P
HL 40 cm. flat - cm. 35 gate
HL 40 cm. flat - cm. 49,5 gate
QL40A / CORNER SOLUTIONS KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
KHLM
M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer
M20 screw nut + conical spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
Male fork connector complete
1 90° solution with pillar 2 90° solution with gate 3 90° solution with wheeled frame 4 3-way solution with frame
KHLP
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
KHL90LS
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork aluminium connector, left
90° double fork steel connector, left
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
TZHL01
90° double fork aluminium connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
FL assembly kit
1
3
2
4
QL40A / ACCESSORIES
C040
FP40Z1
MTC30F
Bar hook for 40 cm. truss
Universal 40 cm truss floor plate
Square frame with bolts for QF40
87
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL52A
QL52A
ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 52 cm long sides. It is diagonalized on all faces and is provided with an aluminium fork connection. It shows great versatility in use both as a tower (Maxitower 52) and as a span.
QL52A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
A B 520
C
520
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends C:
aluminium forks connector
EN AW 6082 T6
Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip
SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 1108 828 660 547 457 387 330 281 243 212 186 163 144 127 113 101 91 81 74 67
3324 3313 3300 3284 3199 3093 2973 2815 2673 2542 2417 2281 2156 2027 1927 1827 1731 1630 1556 1467
1 3 6 11 16 24 33 43 54 68 83 98 115 133 153 175 197 220 246 272
2213 1991 1809 1656 1526 1413 1315 1227 1149 1078 1014 956 903 853 808 766 727 690 659 622
2213 1991 1809 1656 1526 1413 1315 1227 1149 1078 1014 956 903 853 808 766 727 690 659 622
1 3 5 9 13 18 24 30 38 47 57 68 80 94 108 124 141 159 179 199
1239 1141 1056 981 917 860 808 761 719 680 644 611 580 551 524 499 476 453 430 415
2479 2281 2111 1963 1834 1720 1616 1523 1437 1360 1287 1222 1160 1102 1049 999 951 905 859 830
1 3 5 9 13 18 25 32 41 50 61 74 87 102 118 135 154 174 195 220
880 821 770 724 683 646 612 581 552 525 501 478 456 436 416 398 381 364 348 333
2640 2464 2311 2173 2049 1938 1836 1742 1656 1576 1502 1433 1367 1307 1249 1193 1142 1093 1044 1000
1 3 5 9 13 19 26 34 43 54 66 80 94 111 129 148 169 192 215 241
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL52100A QL52130A QL52200A QL52300A
52X52X100 52X52X130 52X52X200 52X52X300
kg 16.70 19.20 26.70 36.60
GATES AND ACCESSORIES code cm FL52047P FL52059P FL52066MSP MTC40F MTC40G / MTC40D KHLP
kg
52X47X5 4.4 52X59X5 4.7 52X66,5X5 5.0 59X59X1 4.3 59X59X1 14.5 / 13.3 Ø 2 0.15
610 356 237 169 127 98 77
1221 1069 948 844 760 684 616
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 4 9 16 25 37 52
2750 2593 2453 2323 2207 2101 2003 1911 1825 1748 1671 1603 1535 1473 1399 1321 1250 1182 1126 1067
1 3 5 9 14 20 27 35 45 57 70 85 101 118 137 155 176 197 220 245
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
687 648 613 581 552 525 501 478 456 437 418 401 384 368 350 330 313 296 281 267
979 807 682 587 511 449 396
3 8 17 28 43 62 83
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12 15 18 21
AXIAL LOAD
N
N am. Kg 24852 18007 8595 4948 3200 2235 1647
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
89
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM
QL52A SYSTEM
QL52A / ACCESSORIES
High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.
QL52A / CONNECTIONS
QL52X6C
KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
HL 52 - QL52 - 6 ways compact corner
M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer
M20 screw nut + conical spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
C052D
FP52Z1
MTC40D
MTC40F
MTC40G
Bar hook for 52 cm. truss
Universal 52 cm truss floor plate
Lower frame MT40, w/ wheels
Square frame with bolts
Upper frame MT40, w/ wheels and rings
RL76TT
FL52047HS
Skate for QL52/RL76 Truss (single)
HL 52 cm. gate - cm. 47 truss - hoist support
QL52A / CORNER SOLUTIONS KHLM
KHLP
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
1 90° solution with pillar
Male fork connector complete
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork aluminium connector, left
2 90° solution with gate 3 90° solution with wheeled frame 4 3-way solution with frame
KHL90LS
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
TZHL01
90° double fork steel connector, left
90° double fork aluminium connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
FL assembly kit
1
2
QL52A / GATES
3
FL52047P
FL52059P
FL52066M5P
HL 52 cm. ladder cm. 47 truss with horizontal forks
HL 52 cm. gate cm. 59 truss w/ horizontal forks - FL76
HL 52 cm. ladder cm. 66,5 truss with horizontal forks
4
91
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL76A
QL76A
ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 76 cm long sides. It is provided with steel fork connections and Ø50x4 mm chords. Thanks to its elevated moment of inertia and resistance of its connections, it is mainly used in the composition of towers (Maxitower 76).
QL76A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
A B C
712
762
D
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Braces C:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends D:
steel forks connector
11SMnPb37
Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL76078A Tipo A QL76078AB Tipo B QL76200A Tipo A QL76200AB Tipo B QL76250A Tipo A
76.2X76.2X78 76.2X76.2X78 76.2x76.2x200 76.2x76.2x200 76.2x76.2x250
kg 30.70 30.70 56.70 56.70 68.60
SPAN m 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD point central load deflection kg/m mm 1126 934 797 694 600 481 393 326 274 233 199 173 150 131 115 101 90 80
9 14 18 24 31 38 46 54 64 74 85 97 109 122 136 151 166 182
CENTRE POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 4998 4142 3527 3063 2699 2405 2163 1958 1784 1632 1499 1381 1275 1180 1094 1015 942 875
8 11 15 19 24 30 37 43 51 59 68 77 87 98 109 121 133 146
THIRD POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 2815 2802 2645 2297 2024 1804 1622 1469 1338 1224 1124 1036 957 885 820 761 707 656
10 14 19 25 31 39 47 56 65 76 87 99 111 125 139 154 170 187
QUARTER POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1856 1843 1763 1531 1349 1202 1081 979 892 816 750 691 638 590 547 507 471 437
9 13 18 23 29 36 43 52 61 70 81 92 103 116 129 143 158 173
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
2853 1414 852 523 351 249 184
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 6 19 37 62 93 132
FIFTH POINT LOAD point central load deflection kg mm 1407 1401 1395 1271 1120 998 897 813 740 677 622 573 529 490 454 421 391 363
10 14 19 25 31 39 47 56 65 76 87 99 111 125 139 154 170 187
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2853 2144 1571 1217 972 791 648
2 10 25 46 74 106 143
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
6 9 12 15 18
AXIAL LOAD
N
N am. Kg 14060 8480 4570 2730 1700
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
93
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM
QL76A SYSTEM
QL76A / TOWERS
High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.
QL76A / CONNECTIONS
QL76200A e AB KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
KHLM
M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer
M20 screw nut + conical spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
Male fork connector complete
KHLP
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
KHL90LS
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork aluminium connector, left
90° double fork steel connector, left
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
TZHL01
90° double fork aluminium connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
FL assembly kit
QL76A / ACCESSORIES
MTC76F
MTC76D
FL76071M2HS
FL76071M2P
MT76 frame with bolts
MT76 frame with wheels
FL76 cm 71.2 + motor support
Gate - HL76 Flat truss L = 71,2 cm
95
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES QL85A
QL85A
ANTI-TORSION Square section High Load aluminium truss with 85 cm long sides. It is provided with steel fork connections and Ø50x4 mm chords. Thanks to its elevated moment of inertia and resistance of its connections, it is mainly used in the composition of towers.
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
Hm
QL85A ANTI-TORSION
10 16 20 24
AXIAL LOAD
N
N am. Kg 230 110 80 65
A B 850
C
QL85A / TOWERS
D 4000
QL85200A
QL85400A
Tower
Tower
QL85200A e QL85400A Tower
850
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Braces C:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends D:
steel forks connector
EN AW 6082 T6
Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm QL85200A QL85400A
85X85X200 85X85X400
kg 83.6 132.3
97
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES RL76A
RL76A
ANTI-TORSION Rectangular section High Load aluminium truss with 76x52 cm long sides. It is diagonalized on all faces and is provided with steel fork connections. It ensures high load capacity on medium-long spans thanks to the design of its main components.
RL76A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
A B
C 762
D
520
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 30x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Braces C:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends D:
steel forks connector
11SMnPb37
RL76100A RL76200A RL76300A
76.2X52X100 76.2X52X200 76.2X52X300
kg 19.40 45.00 52.00
CORNERS AND SLEEVE BLOCK code cm FL76047P FL76066M5 MTC40F MTC40G / MTC40D KHLP
1314 980 780 646 550 479 423 378 342 312 286 264 245 223 202 184 168 152 137 123 111 101 91
3941 3918 3898 3873 3852 3828 3807 3783 3761 3738 3716 3694 3671 3572 3441 3315 3196 3046 2872 2710 2560 2419 2287
1 2 3 5 9 13 19 25 34 44 56 70 86 102 119 137 157 177 196 216 237 259 282
3287 3073 2877 2698 2536 2389 2254 2131 2017 1913 1816 1726 1642 1564 1490 1421 1357 1295 1236 1171 1111 1055 1001
3287 3073 2877 2698 2536 2389 2254 2131 2017 1913 1816 1726 1642 1564 1490 1421 1357 1295 1236 1171 1111 1055 1001
1 2 4 6 9 13 18 23 29 36 45 53 63 74 86 99 113 128 144 160 177 195 214
1749 1667 1588 1514 1444 1378 1315 1257 1202 1149 1100 1053 1009 967 927 889 852 818 785 752 722 692 663
3498 3333 3176 3028 2887 2755 2631 2514 2403 2299 2200 2107 2018 1934 1854 1778 1705 1635 1569 1505 1443 1384 1327
1 2 4 6 9 13 17 23 30 37 46 55 66 78 91 104 120 136 153 172 191 212 235
1203 1159 1115 1074 1033 994 957 922 888 855 823 793 764 737 710 684 659 635 612 590 568 548 527
3609 3476 3346 3221 3100 2983 2872 2765 2663 2564 2470 2380 2293 2210 2129 2052 1978 1906 1837 1770 1705 1643 1582
1 2 3 6 9 13 18 24 31 39 48 58 69 82 96 111 127 145 164 185 206 230 254
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
Connection system KHLP: cylindrical pin + safety R-clip LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm
SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm
kg
76.2X47X5 8.9 76.2X66.5X5 9.7 59X59X1 4.3 59X59X1 13.3 / 14.5 Ø 2 0.15
859 527 363 267 204 161 130
1717 1580 1452 1333 1227 1125 1037
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
1 3 6 11 18 27 38
3676 3564 3454 3345 3239 3136 3036 2939 2845 2754 2666 2581 2498 2418 2340 2265 2192 2121 2050 1983 1891 1793 1700
1 2 3 6 9 13 18 24 31 39 49 60 72 85 100 116 134 153 173 195 216 237 259
AXIAL LOAD TABLE
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
919 891 863 836 810 784 759 735 711 689 667 645 624 604 585 566 548 530 513 496 473 448 425
1502 1306 1144 1009 896 799 715
2 6 12 21 33 48 65
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
Hm
3 6 9 12 15 18 21
AXIAL LOAD
N
N am. Kg 21848 18339 8625 4945 3191 2227 1781
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
99
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM
RL76A SYSTEM
RL76A / ACCESSORIES
High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.
RL76A / CONNECTIONS
KHLB
KHLD
KHLF
KHLG
KHLM
M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer
M20 screw nut + conical spring washer
Female fork connector complete
M20 Lifting Eye
Male fork connector complete
C052D
FP52Z1
MTC40D
MTC40F
MTC40G
Bar hook for 52 cm. truss
Universal 52 cm truss floor plate
Lower frame MT40, w/ wheels
Square frame with bolts
Upper frame MT40, w/ wheels and rings
MTC52D
MTC52G
RL76TT
FL52047HS
Lower frame - QL52A truss, w/ wheels
Upper frame - QL52A truss, w/ wheels and rings
Skate for QL52/RL76 Truss (single)
HL 76 cm. gate - cm. 47 truss - hoist support
RL76A / CORNER SOLUTIONS KHLP
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
KHL90LS
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork aluminium connector, left
90° double fork steel connector, left
1 90° solution with frame 2 90° solution with gate 3 3-way solution with frame 4 4-way solution with frame
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
TZHL01
90° double fork aluminium connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
FL assembly kit
1
2
QL52A / GATES
3
FL76047P
FL76059P
FL76059PH
FL76066M5P
HL 76 cm. ladder cm. 47 truss with horizontal forks
HL 76 cm. gate - cm. 59 truss w/ horizontal forks - FL76
HL 76 cm. gate - cm. 59 truss w/ coupling - RL76/FL76
HL 76 cm. ladder - cm. 66,5 truss with horizontal forks
4
101
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES RL105A
RL105A
ANTI-TORSION
B CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
Rectangular section High Load aluminium truss with 105x67 cm long sides. It is intended for uses that require elevated loads on large spans. The steel fork connection bestows sturdiness and wear resistance to the system. It is designed and tested according to the most widespread international standards.
C A D
RL105A ANTI-TORSION LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
4750 1976 1126 734 517 382 292 229 183 148
0 1 2 4 7 11 16 22 29 36
4750 3952 3377 2936 2583 2290 2043 1831 1644 1479
0 1 4 7 12 18 26 34 44 54
3994 3018 2418 2005 1702 1467 1279 1124 994 882
A C 1000
B
1060
D 610 670
Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 60x5 mm EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm EN AW 6082 T6
Braces C:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends D:
steel forks connector
11SMnPb37
Connection system KHLP:
cylindrical pin + safety R-clip
LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm RL105100A RL105200A RL105300A
106x67x100 106x67x200 106x67x300
GATES AND ACCESSORIES code KHLPZ1
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip
C067RL Pick up bar RL 105 RL105TT RL 105 skate set - 2 pcs
kg 41.5 62.5 83.5
kg 0.2 9.9 7.5 On demand
GATES AND ACCESSORIES code
kg
RL 105X4
HL 105 rectangular 4 ways corner
75.2
MTS 52K02
Wheel set for sleeve block Set of 8 pcs
19.6
MTS 52R105
RL105 4 ways sleeve block Maxitower 52
94.8
MTS 52R105H RL105 3 ways w/hoist support 103.1 sleeve block - Maxitower 52 MTS 52K01
Guy-wires fastening to sleeve block - Set of 4 pcs 6.3
SPAN m 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 3471 2596 2072 1722 1472 1284 1139 990 819 687 584 501 434 379 333 295 261 234 209 188 169 152 138 125 114 103 94 86 78 71 65
10414 10386 10358 10330 10303 10275 10247 9896 9005 8246 7591 7020 6516 6068 5666 5302 4968 4671 4392 4135 3891 3660 3452 3254 3069 2897 2730 2573 2424 2283 2148
1 1 3 5 8 12 16 22 27 32 38 44 50 57 65 73 81 90 99 109 119 129 139 150 162 173 185 198 210 223 237
9669 8615 7394 6461 5735 5149 4663 4255 3905 3603 3342 3108 2899 2711 2540 2387 2244 2113 1995 1884 1779 1681 1589 1503 1421 1343 1270 1200 1133 1069 1008
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
9669 8615 7394 6461 5735 5149 4663 4255 3905 3603 3342 3108 2899 2711 2540 2387 2244 2113 1995 1884 1779 1681 1589 1503 1421 1343 1270 1200 1133 1069 1008
1 2 3 5 7 9 12 15 19 23 27 32 37 42 48 54 61 68 75 83 91 100 109 118 128 138 149 160 171 183 196
5207 5009 4619 4273 3841 3484 3184 2927 2704 2509 2337 2183 2045 1920 1805 1704 1608 1519 1439 1362 1290 1222 1160 1100 1044 991 940 891 845 801 759
10414 10018 9238 8546 7683 6969 6368 5854 5409 5019 4674 4366 4090 3839 3611 3408 3216 3038 2877 2723 2580 2443 2320 2201 2088 1981 1880 1783 1690 1602 1517
1 2 3 5 8 11 14 18 22 27 32 37 43 50 57 65 72 81 90 99 109 119 130 141 152 164 177 189 203 216 231
3471 3462 3398 3190 3002 2827 2587 2340 2132 1954 1801 1667 1548 1442 1346 1262 1183 1111 1047 986 930 877 828 781 737 697 658 621 586 552 520
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
10414 10386 10193 9569 9005 8482 7761 7019 6395 5863 5403 5000 4645 4326 4039 3786 3548 3332 3140 2957 2791 2631 2483 2344 2210 2090 1974 1863 1757 1657 1561
1 2 4 6 9 12 16 20 24 29 34 40 46 52 59 66 74 82 91 100 109 119 129 139 150 162 173 185 198 210 224
2603 2596 2590 2574 2441 2222 2006 1826 1672 1540 1425 1323 1232 1151 1078 1011 951 895 844 797 752 711 672 634 601 568 537 508 480 453 427
10414 10386 10358 10294 9764 8887 8024 7303 6689 6160 5698 5292 4926 4603 4311 4046 3803 3580 3376 3190 3010 2843 2687 2538 2403 2272 2149 2031 1919 1812 1710
1 2 3 6 9 12 16 20 24 29 34 40 46 53 60 68 76 84 93 102 112 122 133 143 155 166 179 191 204 217 231
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
103
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES / SYSTEM
RL105A SYSTEM
RL105A / SLEEVE BLOCKS
High Load structures can be extended using specially designed accessories for suspension, transportation and reinforcement, including hooks, corner frames and skates. Only forked connectors with steel junction pins are used. Designed to withstand the highest stress and load levels, they offer guaranteed compatibility with the whole series. Gates are short, flat section High Load elements generally used when putting together corners or tower sleeve blocks. code numbers shown under the pictures refer to the shape and make it easy to identify.
MTS52R105
MTS52R105H
RL105X4 1030 800
800
800
230
M20 Lifting Eye
KHLM
KHLP
KHL180A
KHL180S
KHL90LA
Male fork connector complete
Cylindrical pin + safety R-clip 3 mm.
180° double fork aluminium connector
180° double fork steel connector
90° double fork aluminium connector, left
KHL90LS
KHL90RA
KHL90RS
TZHL01
90° double fork steel connector, left
90° double fork aluminium connector, right
90° double fork steel connector, right
FL assembly kit
800
800
1060
KHLG
Female fork connector complete
1000
KHLF
M20 screw nut + conical spring washer
1070
KHLD
M20 screw bolt + conical spring washer
1270
KHLB
HL 105 rectangular 4 ways corner
1270
RL105X4
1000
800
RL105A / CONNECTIONS
750 750
RL105A / ACCESSORIES
C067RL
MTS52K01
MTS52K02
RL105TT
Pickup bar RL105
Guy-wires fastening to sleeve block Set of 4 pcs
Wheel set for sleeve block - Set of 8 pcs
RL 105 skate set 2 pcs
105
TRUSSES
MYT
Preliminary information
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES MYT
MyT Rectangular section High Load aluminium truss with extraordinary dimensions; it is 84 cm wide, 146 cm high and 500 cm long, and weighs 430 kg. It is made in highperformance aluminium alloy EN AW-7003 T6, among the aluminium series with the best mechanical characteristics. The truss can be used in large installations intended for entertainment, for temporary and semi-permanent structures. At maximum load spans it undergoes virtually no bending.
MyT steroid
MyT classic A
A
B
C
146
It has even better performances in the STEROID version thanks to the double number of diagonals on the vertical faces.
B C
84
Chords A: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD
Diagonals B: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6 Ends C: aluminium forks connector EN AW 7003 T6 Connection system: 11SMnPb37
LINEAR ELEMENTS code cm TR150M-50M-A TR150M-50M-G
84x146x500 84x146x500
Chords A: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6
LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
SPAN m
10 20 35
point load kg
full load kg
1290 610 310
12900 12200 10850
430 495
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD
Diagonals B: extruded aluminium EN AW 7003 T6 Ends C: aluminium forks connector EN AW 7003 T6 Connection system: 11SMnPb37
SPAN m
10 20 35
point load kg
full load kg
2100 1020 300
21000 20400 10500
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
kg
LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
Main Load table haschords been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 Braces (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord Measurements and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end. Max loading capacity (UDL) Module weight Coupling system
extruded - aluminum EN that AW-7003 The values shown in the table are the allowable staticprofile loads that It shouldalloy be noted this are T6 idealised loading conditions and can be applied to the truss. This is the liveextruded load or theprofile payload.- aluminum the Useralloy shallEN re-analyze the T6 truss for the loading conditions AW-7003 The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when which prevail for the application being considered. 840 mm wide - 1460 height - 5000 mm long calculating the values in the table. 12000 Kg on 35 m 450 Kg pin fork connection
107
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES PRE-RIG
Pre-rig A pre-rig truss for supporting and transporting moving heads. It is equipped with 4 castor wheels for easy maneuverability and pins for the connection of truss pieces. Each truss is designed to carry a lighting bar complete with moving heads. The lighting bar is hooked onto the main chord and allows lights to move. This design reduces the amount of space required for rigging in the truck.
PR 60300 A
PR 60235
B
C
305 355
E
900
A C
505
305 355
B
E
3050
900
D
480
D
500 600
2400
PR 60235 / PR60300
LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
550 600
UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD
PR 60235 / PR60300 Chords A:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Diagonals B:
extruded tube Ø 25,4x3,17 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Vertical braces C:
extruded tube Ø 50x4 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Horizontal braces D:
extruded tube Ø 50x3 mm
EN AW 6082 T6
Ends E:
aluminium forks connector
EN AW 6082 T6
Connection system KHLP:
cylindrical pin + safety R-clip
SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18
point load kg/m 956 496 195 85 38 15
full load kg 2868 2976 1755 1020 570 270
CENTRE POINT LOAD
central point deflection load mm kg 8 31 52 70 86 105
731 1624 640 677 381 208
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
full load kg 731 1624 640 677 381 208
THIRD POINT LOAD
central point deflection load mm kg 3 25 30 65 85 100
960 1002 750 408 229 125
full load kg 1920 2004 1500 816 458 250
QUARTER POINT LOAD
central point deflection load mm kg 6 23 51 70 84 105
780 651 528 290 159 115
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
full load kg
central deflection mm
2340 1953 1584 870 477 345
7 22 54 69 85 100
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
109
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES STACKING 40
STACKING 40 Trapeizoidal section High Load aluminum truss with 35 cm long sides. The product’s unique stacking design provides a space savings solution, while the fork connection system ensures maximum efficiency. It comes equipped with a removable wheeled frame that facilitates easy connectability and maneuverability.
3000
STACKING 40 LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
400
SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm 555 271 165 87 52 32 21 13
1160 1630 1480 1050 775 580 431 311
2 14 44 77 121 174 237 310
1660 1150 740 524 387 290 216 155
1660 1150 740 524 387 290 216 155
3 16 35 64 101 149 207 277
832 814 560 399 298 226 172 128
1660 1630 1120 797 595 453 344 256
2 19 45 80 126 182 250 330
555 543 370 262 194 145 108 78
1660 1630 1110 786 581 435 323 233
2 17 42 74 116 168 230 302
416 407 309 220 163 123 92 67
1660 1630 1240 878 651 491 368 268
2 17 44 78 123 177 242 317
349,5
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION 184
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 3 6
179 39
537 236
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
6 24
288 122
8 31
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
111
TRUSSES HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES STACKING 52
STACKING 52 Trapeizoidal section High Load aluminum truss with 48.5 cm long sides. The product’s unique stacking design provides a space savings solution, while the fork connection system ensures maximum efficiency. It comes equipped with a removable wheeled frame that facilitates easy connectability and maneuverability.
STACKING 52 LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
712
3000
470
1760 725 315 171 105 68 47 33
5290 4350 2830 2050 1570 1230 980 781
2 14 31 56 87 125 170 222
4410 2180 1420 1030 784 616 490 391
4410 2180 1420 1030 784 616 490 391
3 11 25 45 71 104 144 191
2640 1640 1070 777 597 472 380 306
5290 3270 2140 1550 1190 945 759 613
3 14 32 57 90 130 177 233
1760 1090 708 513 392 308 245 195
5290 3260 2120 1540 1180 924 735 586
3 13 30 53 83 120 163 214
1320 907 591 429 329 259 207 165
5290 3630 2370 1720 1310 1040 827 662
3 14 32 56 88 127 173 226
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
712
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD point full central point full central point full central point full central point full central load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection kg/m kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm 3 6
385 86
1160 517
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
4 18
578 259
6 23
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
113
HIGH LOAD FORK TRUSSES
Multi-purpose Hall KV Arena Karlsbad (Karlovy Vary), Czech Republic Photo courtesy of MusicData s.r.o., Velke Mezirici, Czech Republic
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS FLEXIBILITY & STACKABILITY Multi-purpose built-in rail systems with modules that move LED screens, scenery and lights. They are easily used since they are modular and stackable for storage. Two models are available, the 52 version for heavy duty applications and the 40 version for small-medium sized projects. The modules may be managed with the most common control systems on the market. The possible movements are horizontal (right-left and left-to-right), vertical (up-down and down-up) and 360째 rotation, clockwise and counter-clockwise (only in the larger version).
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 40 DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 52
118 120
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS DST 40 DST40 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS stackable may be brought on the stage with their dolly, which folds upward without the need of being stored when the truss works
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 40
easily assembled with the trolley which can be mounted even before rigging activities
The system consists of a 40 stacking truss provided with a single track and a foldable dolly. It is also available with a single track without a dolly. The system, which is modular and very easy to assemble, features a motorised and a slave trolley. It is made in dark grey to absorb light, but other colours are available on request.
use of a few accessories that can be set up also on curved tracks all trolleys can run on straight and curved tracks. They can be used in various applications to move, open and rotate LED screens, scenery and projectable panels, such as like concerts and other events in general. 400
DST 40 / MODULES
349,5
184
3000
Motorised Trolley Load capacity: 200 kg Motor: 0.25kW, 400V - 1350 rev/min Silent wheels
LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
189,3
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD full central point full central point full central point full central point full central point load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg/m kg mm 555 1160 2 1660 1660 3 832 1660 2 555 1660 2 416 1660 2 271 1630 14 1150 1150 16 814 1630 19 543 1630 17 407 1630 17 165 1480 44 740 740 35 560 1120 45 370 1110 42 309 1240 44 87 1050 77 524 524 64 399 797 80 262 786 74 220 878 78 52 775 121 387 387 101 298 595 126 194 581 116 163 651 123 32 580 174 290 290 149 226 453 182 145 435 168 123 491 177 21 431 237 216 216 207 172 344 250 108 323 230 92 368 242 13 311 310 155 155 277 128 256 330 78 233 302 67 268 317
329
Variable speed
503 193,3
SPAN m 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24
503
189,3
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm
3 6
179 39
537 236
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
118
6 3
288 122
8 31
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
The data listed in the above charts refer to the structural characteristics of the truss without the rail system modules. It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
119
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS DST 52
DST52 MAIN CHARACTERISTICS stackable may be brought on the stage with their dolly, which folds upward without the need of being stored when the truss works
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS 52
easily assembled with the trolley which can be mounted even before rigging activities
The system consists of a 52 stacking truss provided with a double track and a foldable dolly. It is also available with a double track without a dolly. The system, which is modular and very easy to assemble, features a motorised, a slave and a rotation trolley (furnished with a fifth wheel). It is made in dark grey to absorb light, but other colours are available on request.
use of a few accessories that can be set up also on curved tracks all trolleys can run on straight and curved tracks They can be used in various applications to move, open and rotate LED screens, scenery and projectable panels, such as like concerts and other events in general.
712
DST 52 / MODULES 470
470
Rotation trolley Load capacity: 900 kg
Motor: 0.25kW, 400V - 1350 rev/min
Silent wheels
Motor: 0.25kW, 400V - 1350 rev/min
300
3 6
385 86
1160 517
Load table has been prepared in accordance with UNI ENV 1999-1-1 (Eurocode 9). When calculating the allowable loads it is assumed that the load is suspended from the bottom chord and the truss is supported from the top chord at each end.
120
4 18
578 259
6 23
The values shown in the table are the allowable static loads that can be applied to the truss. This is the live load or the payload. The self weight of the truss has been taken into account when calculating the values in the table.
The data listed in the above charts refer to the structural characteristics of the truss without the rail system modules. It should be noted that this are idealised loading conditions and the User shall re-analyze the truss for the loading conditions which prevail for the application being considered.
300
289
251,5
212,5 409
302 166
CENTRE POINT LOAD SPAN UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD m q am.- kg/m q am.- kg defl.- mm F am. - kg defl.- mm
302
225
CANTILEVER LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
512,88
412,5
210
FIFTH POINT LOAD UNIF. DISTRIBUTED LOAD CENTRE POINT LOAD THIRD POINT LOAD QUARTER POINT LOAD full central point full central point full central point full central point full central point SPAN load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load load deflection load kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg kg mm kg/m kg mm m 3 1760 5290 2 4410 4410 3 2640 5290 3 1760 5290 3 1320 5290 3 6 725 4350 14 2180 2180 11 1640 3270 14 1090 3260 13 907 3630 14 9 315 2830 31 1420 1420 25 1070 2140 32 708 2120 30 591 2370 32 12 171 2050 56 1030 1030 45 777 1550 57 513 1540 53 429 1720 56 15 105 1570 87 784 784 71 597 1190 90 392 1180 83 329 1310 88 18 68 1230 125 616 616 104 472 945 130 308 924 120 259 1040 127 21 47 980 170 490 490 144 380 759 177 245 735 163 207 827 173 24 33 781 222 391 391 191 306 613 233 195 586 214 165 662 226
Variable speed
Silent wheels / Variable speed
LOAD TABLE / FORK CONNECTION
Slave Trolley Load capacity: 1200 kg
190 250
412,5
251,5
3000
Motorised Trolley Load capacity: 1200 kg
190
121
DYNAMIC STACK TRACKS
Fashion show in Milan, LITEC Archive.
RINGS AND CURVED TRUSSES UNLIMITEDNESS LITEC offers a wide range of rings and curved trusses, made in different diameters or degrees, for concerts, corporate events, exhibitions and many other events. Circles and curved trusses are produced with extreme accuracy and precision to guarantee perfect fitting. All curved parts are made with special tools ensuring that all parts are identical, so to allow every curved segment of a circle to be fully interchangeable. There is no standard length for curved components. It is however preferable to limit each single component to no longer than 3.5 metres to make transport and handling easier.
124
END-PLATED TRUSSES HIGH LOAD TRUSSES
130 132
125
RINGS AND CURVED TRUSSES END-PLATED TRUSSES
T
RINGS
END-PLATED TRUSSES Apart from curves and rings, it is possible to build ellipses or irregular curved shapes. There are one solution for the square section, three for the triangular section and two for the flat section. There is no maximum diameter limit. LITEC advises the purchase of an even number of parts in order to obtain full flexibility and exchangeability with standard lengths and corner elements.
Triangular truss with vertex on top Available in TX25SA, TX30SA, TX40SA
TI Triangular truss with internal vertex Available in TX25SA, TX30SA, TX40SA
TE FV Vertical flat truss Available in FX25SA, FX30SA, FX40SA
Triangular truss with external vertex Available in TX25SA, TX30SA, TX40SA
Q FP Horizontal flat russ Available in FX25SA, FX30SA, FX40SA
Square truss Available in QX25SA, QX30SA, QX40SA, QH30SA, QH40SA
127
RINGS AND CURVED TRUSSES
RINGS
HIGH LOAD TRUSSES
HIGH-LOAD TRUSSES Circles and curved trusses are also made with High Load trusses, load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions and excellent performances. The circles are strong and sturdy, and there is no maximum diameter limit. LITEC advises the purchase of an even number of parts in order to obtain full flexibility and exchangeability with standard lengths and corner elements. Rings are made in many High Load truss systems and formats such as RF40, QL40A, QL52A, QL76A, QL85A, RL76A, RL105A
RF40
QL40A
QL52A
Some examples of RINGS with fork connections
QL40A 4 segments
QL52A 4 segments
QL76A
QL76A 8 segments
QL85A
RL76A
RL105A
129
CLAMPS VERSATILITY LITEC presents a new and renovated clamps line to manage any type of installation. They stand out for their design and innovative performances. They are divided in 8 series: ALI4251, ALI4251 NARROW, ALI4851, ALI4851 NARROW, ALI4851 SLIM, ALI6063, LIC3851 and LIC4851. To identify them we have used a micro-percussion technology which reports the family series number and the indication of the safe working load. They are all made from ultra-high tensile aluminium alloy and their surface is highly polished. On request they can also be supplied with black powder coating finishing.
ALI4251 ALI4251N ALI4851 ALI4851N ALI4851S ALI6063 LIC3851 LIC4851 CLAMPS LINE
132 132 133 136 137 138 140 141 142
TRUSS CLAMPS This line includes all “the truss clamps” designed for tubes from 42 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.
This line includes all “the truss clamps” designed for tubes from 48 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.
HCL5111F
HCL5102F
HCL51L01F
HCL5101
HCL5102
HCL5103W034
ALI4251 FLAT swl 500 kg
ALI4251 FL M12/35 swl 500 kg
ALI4251 FL. 1/2 SP. swl 500 kg
ALI4851 swl 500 kg
ALI4851 M12/35 swl 500 kg
ALI4851 LIFT.EYE swl 340 kg
-5
-5
45
1
71 26
M 12
HCL5103W050
HCL5104
HCL5105
HCL5106
ALI4851 LIFT.EYE swl 500 kg
ALI4851 SWIVEL swl 500 kg
ALI4851 90° FIXED swl 500 kg
ALI4851 PARALLEL swl 500 kg
HCL51L01FN
ALI4251 FLAT N swl 300 kg
ALI4251 FL. N. M12/35 swl 300 kg
ALI4251 FL. N. 1/2 SP. swl 300 kg
Ø
48
-5
1
48
Ø
-5
1
1
0,5
71 45
48
-5
1
106,5
1
-5
105,5
Ø
48
105,5 50 116,52
30
30
30
Ø
-5
105,5
M 12 109,77
116,52
1
-5
42
26
Ø
23,5
10,5
M 12
1
-5
42
76,5 53
Ø
53
53
1
-5
48
45
45
HCL5102FN
45 0,5 45
Ø
HCL5112FN
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
116,52
This line includes all “the NARROW truss clamps” designed for tubes from 42 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.
42
105,5
105,5
M 12 116,52
Ø
132
48
61,5
1
23,5
38,5 M 12 116,52
Ø
48
45
Ø
Ø
1
-5
42
61,5
1
-5
42
76,5
Ø
28
Ø
42
45
1
-5
ALI4251N
ALI4851
53
ALI4251
105,5 103,85
133
TRUSS CLAMPS
ALI 4851 HCL516304
HCL516305
HCL516306
HCL51L01
HCL51PC
HCL51CL
HCL51CL
ALI4851-ALI6063 SWIVEL swl 500 kg
ALI4851-ALI6063 90° FIXED swl 500 kg
ALI4851-ALI6063 PARALLEL swl 500 kg
ALI4851 1/2 SPIGOT swl 500 kg
ALI4851 Panel clamp for easy clamping (5 mm - 8 mm)
ALI4851 Clamp for cladding of the entire structure
applications
-5
48
Ø
-5
217,9
3
0-6
Ø6
1
0,5 45
217,4
45
1
3
0-6
Ø6
48
Ø4
-5
50
Ø
50
3
105,5
105,5
118,5 50
118,5
50
105,5
51
0-6
Ø6
Ø
8-
1
66,5 23,5 45
Ø
48
217,9 0,5 50 45
Ø
HCL51L03
HCL51L07
HCL51L08
ALI4851 FORK FIXED swl 500 kg
ALI4851 28 SP. Truss Support 25-30
ALI4851 28 SP. Truss Support 30-40 80
Ø
80
50
134
270,5
270,5
90,5 45 0,5 45
1
-5
48 105,5
239 > 300 200,5
350 > 411
28
28
239
135
TRUSS CLAMPS
ALI4851N
ALI4851S
This line includes all “the NARROW truss clamps” designed for tubes from 48 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.
LT HCL5107N Truss clamp ALI4851 NARROW swl 300kg 48
Truss clamp ALI4851 N. M12/50 swl 300kg
LT HCL51L01N
LT HCL5101S
LT HCL5102S
LT HCL5104S
Truss clamp ALI4851 N. 1/2 SP. swl 300kg
Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. swl 75kg
Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. M10/30 swl 75kg
Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. SW. swl 75kg
Ø
Ø
Ø
LT HCL5108N
48
-5
Ø
48
-5
-5
1
This line includes all “the SLIM truss clamps” designed for tubes from 48 to 51 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M10 wing nuts.
-5
1
48
1
8-5
Ø4
-5
1
116,52
37
M 12
41
M 12
37
68,5 45 23,5
60
38,5
37
1
1
Ø
48
M10 81,07
105,5
M10
30
81,07
LT HCL51L02N
LT HCL51L03N
LT HCL5111S
LT HCL51L01S
Truss clamp ALI4851 N. FORK ADJ. swl 300kg
Truss clamp ALI4851 N. FORK FIXED swl 300kg
Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. P.H. swl 75kg
Truss clamp ALI4851 SL. 1/2 SP. swl 75kg
5-10
60,5 23,5 37
45 0,5 45
45
1
1
1
-5
1
48
-5
-5
-5
81,07
30
81,07
30
50 30
30
45
Ø 48
48
Ø
48
Ø
Ø
81,07
30
30
30
50
M12 105,5
136
137
TRUSS CLAMPS This line includes all “the truss clamps” designed for tubes from 60 to 63.5 mm. Truss clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts. HCL6301
HCL6302
HCL6303W034
HCL63L01
HCL63L02
HCL63L03
ALI6063 swl 500 kg
Truss clamp ALI6063 M12/35 swl 500 kg
Truss clamp ALI6063 LIFT. EYE swl 340 kg
Truss clamp ALI6063 1/2 SPIGOT swl 500 kg
Truss clamp ALI6063 FORK ADJ. swl 500 kg
Truss clamp ALI6063 FORK FIXED swl 500 kg
3
Ø
60
-6
3
60
Ø
-6
3
60
-6
3
45
95,5
50
3
73,5 23,5 50
50
50
60
Ø
-6
50
60
-6
0,5
Ø
60
45
Ø
Ø
163,9
ALI6063
M12
50
50 118,5
118,5
50
50
50
50
118,5
118,5
HCL6303W050
HCL6304
HCL6305
HCL516306
Truss clamp ALI6063 LIFT. EYE swl 500 kg
Truss clamp ALI6063 SWIVEL swl 500 kg
ALI6063 90° FIXED swl 500 kg
ALI6063 PARALLEL swl 500 kg
Ø
-6
Ø
60
3
3
0-6
3
3
50
Ø6
60
-6
-6
0-6
163,9
3
Ø6
50
60
50
Ø
118,5 50
118,5
50
50
Ø
3
-6
60
116,85
138
139
TRUSS CLAMPS LIC3851 identifies a clamping range of products. This line includes all “the lighting clamps” to hang luminaires onto trusses with tubes with a diameter from 38 to 51 mm. Lighting clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.
LIC4851
This line includes all “the lighting clamps” to hang luminaires onto trusses with tubes with a diameter from 48 to 51 mm. These lighting clamps are all supplied with knobs.
ACL5101O
ACL5102O
ACL51L03O
ACL5101C
ACL5102C
ACL5103C
Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. M12/35 swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. LIFT. EYE swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. M12/35 swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. LIFT. EYE swl 250 kg
1
1 2-5 Ø4
53
42,5
Ø4
Ø4
2-5
2-5
1
1
140,5
M12 40
40
40
32
32
140,5
38 Ø
118 53
45,5
M 12 56
M 12
136,5
136,5
-5
-5 1 38
Ø
Ø
118
118 38 -5 1
136,5
157,21
157,21
157,21
140,5
LIC3851
ACL51L04O
ACL51L05O
ACL51L06O
ACL51L10O
ACL51L04C
ALI51L05C
ACL51L10C
Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 28 BUSHING swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 28 SPIGOT swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 16 SPIGOT swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC3851 OP. 16 - 28 BUS. swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. 28 BUSHING swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. 28 SPIGOT swl 250 kg
Truss clamp LIC4851 CL. 16 - 28 BUS. swl 250 kg
157,06
157,06
38
-5
1
51
300,5
255,5
285,5
8-
162,6 Ø3
Ø
233
51
2-
Ø4
1
2-5
Ø4
1 -5
42
263
136,5
136,5
136,5
Ø
Ø3 8-
38
51
-5
1
157,06
277 Ø
157,06
40
100
100
32
100
32
116,52
140
141
TRUSS CLAMPS
TRUSS CLAMPS
CLAMPS LINE LIC3851 identifies a clamping range of products. This line includes all “the lighting clamps” to hang luminaires onto trusses with tubes with a diameter from 38 to 51 mm. Lighting clamps are all supplied with M12 wing nuts.
ACCESSORIES HCLK002
HCLK003
HCLK004
Truss clamp ADAPTER 28 SPIGOT M - M10
Truss clamp ADAPTER 16 SPIGOT M - M10
CL. 28 BUSHING
CL. 16 – 28 BUSHING
79,3
149,7
HCLK001
28
16
TV Tule Turkmenistan Photo credits: Asimetrik Ses Isik Ve Goruntu Sistemleri Ltd. Sti., Istanbul, Turkey
142
TOWERS SOLIDITY
TOWERLIFT 3 UNITOWER
LITEC offers one the most complete lines of towers; from the most compact telescopic to the most complex lifters used for High Load structures. They are entirely pre-assembled modular ground supports, which combine structural soundness with a simple elegant design. Many tested and certified products are available to meet every need.
VARITOWER 3 MAXITOWER MT40 MAXITOWER MT52 MAXITOWER MT76 ML3 5626 ML4 6527
146 148 150 152 154 156 158 160
TOWERS TOWERLIFT 3
TOWERLIFT 3 Towerlift 3 is supplied as standard with a steel cable manual winch. By using two accessories – the motor support and the extended top section – the tower can be used with a chain hoist lifter. Thus configured, the tower’s load capacity is 1000 kg.
The Towerlift 3 hoist system occurs by manual winch with steel cables. The sleeve block functions as default component also for the Unitower and Varitower models. Each side can accommodate either square truss of 29 cm or 40 cm sides, or triangular truss of 29 cm sides. A triangular truss of 40 cm may also be connected by substituting the appropriate central support plate. Maximum tower height 6.5 m Lifting system
steel cable manual winch
Base module weight (included legs, top and sleeve block)
75 kg
Vertical main truss
QX30SA
Compatible trusses
QX30SA / QH30SA / QX40SA / QH40SA / TX30S
Base module height (excluding top)
154 cm
Base module dimensions (folded versions)
60 x 60 cm
Base module dimensions (operating version)
180 x 180 cm
Volume
0.6 m3
Adjustable legs
4
Maximum lifting load capacity
500 kg
TOWERLIFT 3 The top and leg adjustment mechanisms have been modified to give superb results. 56
45
40 40
180
40 251
147
167
168
Each foot may be adjusted independently and extensively for easy positioning even on sloping and irregular surfaces.
The 900 kg lifting power-clutch winch is protected inside the structure. During assembly, the wheels are never less than 100 cm from the ground. The central structure is formed by the QX30SA truss. The sleeve block will accommodate connection to truss in series QX30SA, QX40SA, QH30SA, QH40SA, TX30S. To connect with truss TX40S the central support plate must be substituted on the corresponding side/s.
180
146
147
TOWERS UNITOWER
UNITOWER Base module for towers with frame of 29 cm sided square truss. The system comes furnished with detachable foldaway stabilizers. The multistandard sleeve block has 16 gliding wheels of high density rubber. Each foot moves both in pan and tilt so adapting to all terrain. The entire system, excluding the central truss, is formed of assembled parts, without any weldings. Maximum tower height
7m
Lifting system
chain hoist
Base module weight (included legs, top and sleeve block)
75 kg
Vertical main truss
QX30SA
Compatible trusses
QX30SA / QH30SA / QX40SA / QH40SA / TX30S
Base module height (excluding top)
90 cm
Base module dimensions (folded versions)
60 x 60 cm
Base module dimensions (operating version)
182 x 182 cm
Legs maximum extension
97 cm
Maximum lifting load capacity
1000 kg
UNITOWER The sleeve block allows for the securing either of manual or electric motor hoists. Unitower is the only tower where the legs
583 566
581 400 40
182
400
40 251 757
182
148
1010
can be completely detached, leaving the vertical truss free without any jutting parts.
The tower is designed to be composed of square truss QX30SA or QH30SA. The sleeve block however will take square truss of 29 or 40cm sides, or triangular truss of 29cm sides. In order to connect a triangular 40cm sided truss a substitute central support plate is needed. Every face is furnished with a series of holes for attachment of special steel spigots which allow a variety of diverse truss to be incorporated.
149
TOWERS VARITOWER 3
VARITOWER 3 It substitutes the previous model Varitower 2. It can take a 29 or 40 m vertical truss, with the best performance seen from the QH40SA twist-resistant truss. The sleeve block is of the original design developed and tested for Unitower, with the same extruded profiles and the same applications.
VT3-30
VT3-40
Maximum tower height
8 m
9m
Lifting system
chain hoist
chain hoist
Base module weight (included legs, top, and sleeve block)
140 kg
145 kg
Vertical main truss
QH30SA
QH40SA
Compatible trusses
QX30SA / QH30SA / QX40SA / QH40SA / TX30S (TX40S only for VT3-40)
Base module height (excluding top)
130 cm
130 cm
Base module dimensions (folded versions)
60 x 60 cm
60 x 60 cm
Base module dimensions (operating versions)
240 x 240 cm
240 x 240 cm
Legs maximum extension
97 cm
97 cm
Maximum lifting load capacity
1800 kg
2000 kg
2010 - 2280
Base module for towers, with frame in square truss of 29 or 40 cm sides. The system is furnished with telescopic stabilizers, multistandard sleeve block with 16 gliding wheels in high density rubber, and top designed for chain feed.
VARITOWER 3 The complete system, except the central truss, is composed of assembled parts, without any weldings.
780 / VT3-30 900 / VT3-40
400 / VT3-30 510 / VT3-40
400 / VT3-30 510 / VT3-40
600
2010 2280
1000
1390
Varitower 3 can use only chain hoist systems, be they manual or electric. For either system the corresponding support
is available. The base is made entirely of aluminium, and has telescopic legs with new adjustable feet. Each leg can be moved horizontally in two directions for precise positioning. Once assembly is completed the legs may be removed entirely from the base.
400 600
150
151
TOWERS MAXITOWER 40
MAXITOWER 40 Lifter able to carry loads up to 2,000 kg. If configured appropriately, the Maxitower 40 system interfaces with all types of LITEC truss sized from 29 to 76 cm.
MT40
MT40E
Maximum tower height
12 m
9m
Lifting system
chain hoist
chain hoist
Base module weight with top (excluding sleeve block and legs)
86 kg
56 kg
Vertical main truss
QL40A / QH40SA
QL40A
Compatible trusses (with suitable sleeve block)
FL52/FL76/QL40A/QL52A/RL76A
Base dimensions
60 x 60 cm
40 x 40 cm
Volume
0.58 m3
0.24 m3
Maximum lifting load capacity
max 2000 kg
max 2000 kg
MAXITOWER 40 Stabilizers, motor supports and other special accessories complete the range.
1835 / 2400 840
600 440
600
152
175
410
1835 / 2400
1300
1765
The MT40 lifter can take all the trusses in the QL40A and QH40SA lines. Also available in the compact-base
MT40E version, particularly useful for putting together fair stands and indoor use. The MT40 tower is composed of a base, extending stabilizers (that cover a maximum floor area of 2.4m x 2.4m), a main tower body that reached up to 12m in height, a top section with pulleys for electric chain hoists, and a modular sleeve block that can be assembled in different ways depending on application.
153
TOWERS MAXITOWER 52
The base can take QL40A and QL52A series trusses. The four foot bars are telescopic, positionable, individually adjustable and extractable.
MAXITOWER 52 For lifting where high performance is needed. This model also comes in a compact-base Maxitower 52E version suitable for indoor use.
MT52
MT52E
Maximum tower height
15 m
12 m
Lifting system
chain hoist
chain hoist
Base module weight with top (excluding sleeve block and legs) 110 kg 52 kg Vertical main truss
QL52A
Compatible trusses (with suitable sleeve block)
QL52A
FL52 / FL76 / QL40A / QL52A / RL76A
Base dimensions
73 x 73 cm
52 x 52 cm
Volume
0.84 m3
0.29 m3
Maximum lifting load capacity
max 3000 kg
max 3000 kg
Maxitower 52 The system uses twist-resistant vertical 40 or 52 components, and comes complete with stabilization,
1985 / 2425 990 725 545
1985 / 2425
725
230
520 1300
154
1665
motor coupling, hanging and safety accessories.
The MT52 tower is composed of a base, extending stabilizers (that cover a maximum floor area of 2.4m x 2.4m), a main tower body that reaches up to 15m in height, a top section with pulleys for electric chain hoists, and a modular sleeve block that can be assembled in different ways depending on application.
155
TOWERS MAXITOWER 76
MAXITOWER 76 The lifter uses QL76A trusses. It was designed to withstand the stresses that large structures transfer to the ground in their heaviest duty use. It is intended for use together with the LIBERA FL105 system. Maximum tower height 20 m Lifting system chain hoist Base module weight with top (excluding sleeve block and legs) 165 kg Vertical main truss QL76A Compatible trusses (with suitable sleeve block)
FL105
Base dimensions 76 x 76 cm Volume 0.58 m3
Maxitower 76
max 4000 kg
Maximum lifting load capacity
It is connected to LIBERA FL105 and RL105A through special trucks, which are available with or without
2670
762 1660
2670
762
a maximum floor area of 2.7m x 2.7m), a main tower body that reaches up to 20m in height, a top section with pulleys for electric chain hoists, and a modular sleeve block that can be assembled in different ways depending on application.
310
885
156
motor supports. The MT76 tower is composed of a base, extending stabilizers (that cover
1365
157
TOWERS ML3 5626 11
ML3 5626
ML3-5626 COMPONENTS 1
ML3-base
Mobiltech light lift for heavy applications. ML3-5626 is a mobile telescopic lift with hand winch designed for lifting loads up to 260 kg. The telescopic mechanism allows loads to be lifted up to 5,6 m. During lifting, the tower lift can stop safely at any of the PLS (Pin Locking System) positions. These pins take the load off the wire rope. The steel base provides great stability when the adjustable screw-jacks are well balanced. The bubble level on the base provides accurate leveling.
2
ML3-telescopic profile 1
5
3 ML3-telescopic profile 2 4 ML3-telescopic profile 3 5 ML3-telescopic profile 4 6
ML3-telescopic profile 5
7
ML3-long outrigger (front)
8
ML4-short outrigger (back) 4
9 ML3-outrigger holder 10 ML3-winch holder 11 ML3-fork holder
3
12 ML4-fork set 2
13 ML4-diagonal support 14 ML4-diagonal support
17
15 ML3-Noha-front diagonal outrigger
Maximum tower height 5,6 m
10
18 ML3-Adjustable stabilisator
9
1,78 m
Weight 124 kg Base dimensions
1,97 x 1,82 m
Maximum lifting load capacity
260 kg
15
16 ML3-wire d6-15000 17 HandWinch 900 COMPACT (900 kg)
Minimum tower height
12
6
14
8
7
PLS (Pin Locking System) and Handwinch AL-KO 900 kg
18
1
POSITION OF LOAD CENTRE
5 cm
20 cm
35 cm
50 cm
65 cm
70 cm
85 cm
max. F
440 kg
360 kg
300 kg
260 kg
203 kg
189 kg
157 kg
405 mm
1878 mm
1966 mm
1824 mm
Every lift is rigorously tested before shipping and is considered a safe product when operated correctly.
ML3 5626 Standard swivel castors and compartments for outrigger storage allow for easy transportation.
Lifts are available in black-blue to easily blend into most TV studio and theatre applications.
A variety of truss adapters, clamps and light bars are available to accessorize your lift.
The product complies with the following standards: DIN EN 1991 DIN EN 1993-1 DIN 18800 DIN EN 1999-1 DIN 4113 EC MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EG
158
159
TOWERS ML4 6527 11 12
ML4 6527 Mobiltech lift for multipurpose use at extra height. ML4-6527 is a mobile telescopic lift with hand winch designed for lifting loads up to 270 kg. The telescopic mechanism allows loads to be lifted up to 6.5 m height. During lifting, the tower lift stops safely at any of the PLS (Pin Locking System) positions. These pins take the load off the wire rope. The steel base provides great stability when the adjustable screw-jacks are well balanced. The bubble level on the base provides accurate leveling.
ML4-6527 COMPONENTS 1
ML4-base
2
ML4-telescopic profile 1
6
3 ML4-telescopic profile 2 4 ML4-telescopic profile 3 5 ML4-telescopic profile 4 6
ML4-telescopic profile 5
7
ML4-long outrigger (front)
8
ML4-short outrigger (back)
5
9 ML4-outrigger holder 10 ML4-winch holder 11 ML4-fork holder 12 ML4-fork set 13 ML4-diagonal support 14 ML4-diagonal support
4 3 2 16
15 ML4-wire d6-15000 16 HandWinch 900 COMPACT (900 kg) 17 ML4-Adjustable stabilisator
Maximum tower height 6,5 m
10 14
1,98 m
Minimum tower height
9
Weight 128 kg Base dimensions
1,97 x 1,82 m
Maximum lifting load capacity
270 kg
7
8
PLS (Pin Locking System) and Handwinch AL-KO 900 kg
1
POSITION OF LOAD CENTRE
5 cm
20 cm
35 cm
50 cm
65 cm
70 cm
85 cm
max. F
360 kg
310 kg
270 kg
240 kg
200 kg
190 kg
120 kg
405 mm
1878 mm
1966 mm
1824 mm
Every lift is rigorously tested before shipping and is considered a safe product when operated correctly.
17
ML4 6527 Standard swivel castors and compartments for outrigger storage allow easy transportation.
Lifts are available in black-blue to blend into TV studio and theatre applications.
A variety of truss adapters, clamps and light bars are available to accessorize your lift.
The product complies with the following standards: DIN EN 1991 DIN EN 1993-1 DIN 18800 DIN EN 1999-1 DIN 4113 EC MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EG
160
161
TOWERS
Milano Loves Fashion, Piazza Duomo, Milan, Italy Photo courtesy of Limelite s.r.l., Rome, Italy
FLYINTOWERS UP! FLYINTOWER 6-300
Complementing the Trussing products, PA Towers reflect LITEC’s constructive concepts: linear forms and modular systems. Flyintowers, like the rest of LITEC’s product line, are the result of years of experience in design and technology.
FLYINTOWER 7.5-500/9.5-600 FLYINTOWER 13-2,000 FLYINTOWER 13-2,000
166 168 170 172
FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 6-300
FLYINTOWER 6-300 Support tower for audio systems. It is an entry-level lifter for audio support based on QX30SA trusses, suitable for loads of up to 300kg. One of the main features is its compactness, which is particularly significant when dismantled. Only 0.4m3 in volume, small enough to fit entirely into a flight case. The system is provided with manual hoist. On request, the Flyintower 6-300 can be supplied with a flight case that holds all components (except the vertical trusses).
wind speed
ballast weight
SURFACE OF SUSPENDED MASS EXPOSED TO THE WIND
Weight 70 kg Vertical main truss QX30SA 300 40 x 40 x 240 cm
Base and top volume 0.4 m3 Adjustable legs 4 Maximum surface exposed to wind
2.5 m2
Maximum lifting load capacity
300 kg
1678
2400
1926
166
60°
2036
gale force 6 gale force 6 gale force 6
m2
P = 1 kN wind f. 6
P = 1,5 kN wind f. 6
P = 2 kN wind f. 6
P = 2,5 kN wind f. 6
P = 3 kN wind f. 6
0 0,25 0,5 0,75 1 1,25 1,5 1,75 2 2,25 2,5
1,00 1,29 1,90 2,51 3,12 3,72 4,33 4,94 5,55 6,15 1,00
1,00 1,44 2,05 2,66 3,27 3,87 4,48 5,09 5,70 1,00 1,00
1,00 1,60 2,20 2,81 3,42 4,03 4,63 5,24 1,00 1,00 1,00
1,14 1,75 2,35 2,96 3,57 4,18 4,78 1,00 1,00 1,00 1,00
1,29 1,90 2,51 3,11 3,72 4,33
FLYINTOWER 6-300
800
6000
gale force 6
SURFACE AREA EXPOSED TO WIND (M2)
Maximum tower height 6 m
Base and top module dimensions
BALLAST WEIGHT, GALE FORCE 6
gale force 6
HIGH WINDS
INSTRUCTIONS FOR OUTDOOR USE Wind speed up o 13.8 m/s (force 6) This product may only be within the following limits:
Maximum hanging load: 300 kg
Surface exposed to wind: < 2.5 m²
A ballast weight > 433 Kg must be applied to the tower
INSTRUCTIONS FOR OUTDOOR USE Wind speed between 13.8 m/s (force 6) and 20.7m/s (force 8) The tower may remain installed only if the following conditions are met:
Hanging load must be removed
A ballast weight > 250 kg must be applied to the tower
INSTRUCTIONS FOR INDOOR USE
The tower may be used with hanging loads up to 400 kg and with a ballast weight > 100 kg.
167
FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 7.5-500 / 9.5-600
TLT05
FLYINTOWER 7.5-500 & 9.5-600
QX30SA 300
QX30SA 200
Support Tower for audio systems consisting of a QX30SA structure, suitable for lifting loads of up to 600 kg to a height of 9.5 metres. To lift the loads, anchoring is provided for an electric chain hoist. Alternatively they may be lifted manually by adding a cable winch device.
TFP30 TFS30 QX30SA 300 DSPGL007609
TFB30 TFT30
Flyintower
7.5-500
9.5-600
7.5-500
9.5-600
Maximum tower height
7.5 m
9.5 m
Base
TFB / 1
TFB / 1
Weight
160 kg
225 kg
Tower truss
QX30SA 300 /1 QX30SA 200 /2 QH30SA 300 /3
Maximum surface area of loudspeakers
2.5 m2 front 2.0 m2 back
2.5 m2 front 2.0 m2 back
Base truss
QX30SA 300 / 2
QH30SA 300 / 2
Diagonals
TFP30 / 2
TFP40 / 2
Maximum wind speed
70 km/h
70 km/h
Base ends / terminals
TFT30 / 2
TFT30 / 2
Required ballast weight
170 kg
130 kg
Top
TLT05 / 1
TLT05 / 1
Maximum lifting load capacity
500 kg
600 kg
Connection system
QXFC
QXFC
FLYINTOWER 7.5-500
FLYINTOWER 9.5-600 3600
1640
2020
4530
4030
4030
1490
7217
7460
7750
9420 60째
2840
2050
9710 60째
4100
2300
4616
3880
79째
79째 3000
168
1750
9216
3500
169
FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 13-2,000
FLYINTOWER 13-2,000 Vertical audio system support tower. It consists of QL52A structures and is suitable for lifting loads of up to 2500 kg to a height of 13 metres. The electric chain hoist is fitted directly to the top truss structure. A lifting system is available for raising the tower. Maximum tower height
13 m
Vertical main truss
QL52A
Base dimensions
475 x 429 cm
Maximum lifting load capacity
2,000 kg
FLYINTOWER 13-2,000 Made mostly of elements of QL52A and FL52 series, Flyintower 13-2,000 can lift loads up to 12 m in height, quickly and easily. These features characterize the fork connection system of the whole High Load series. The Flyintower 13-2,000 has been studied so that it can be built using materials standard to the High Load series with only a few special elements added. It can be assembled quickly, and occupies little floor space. Maximum load 200 kg.
3110
4820
13090
520
170
4340
171
FLYINTOWERS FLYINTOWER 15-2,000
7
FLYINTOWER 15-2,000
FLYINTOWER 15-2,000 COMPONENTS
Support Tower for audio systems. Designed in QL76A, this new Flyintower is suitable for 2,000 kg loads and can reach the height of 15 meters, thus ensuring sturdiness and rigidity on relevant heights. It also utilizes QH30SA trusses as stabilizing elements and is equipped with fork connections. Maximum tower height
15 m
Vertical main truss
QL76A
Base dimensions
830 x 801 cm
Maximum lifting load capacity
2,000 kg
1
Water Ballasts
2
RAC0001
6
3 QH30SA350 4 QH30SA300 5 QL76200AB 6
QL76200A
7
MTT76F
8
KHLF
5
9 KHLB 10 FL76071M2P
2
4
3
8 1
8010
1
10
7142
15658
15658
FLYINTOWER 15-2,000 In the concept of the new Flyintower are also included water ballasts, already integrated in the system. They consist of aluminium
8303
172
cages and plastic tanks to be filled with water. The new Flyintower allows you to use your own stock of QL76A trusses.
7142
173
FLYINTOWERS
Flyintowers at the Baths of Caracalla, Rome Photo courtesy of Studio Due Group s.r.l., Treviso, Italy
BALLAST SYSTEMS THE INTEGRATION SOLUTION LITEC is pleased to present the brand new water ballast series. These solutions integrate ballast inside structures through suitable connection kits or interfaces. The 4 models available come in either aluminium or steel and consist of a metal cage and a tank that can be filled with water or any other material on site. The metal cage is provided with adjustable feet to be placed on the ground or forks to link or stack cages on top of one another. These new products include a complementing range of accessories.
ALUMINIUM BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FEET
178
ALUMINIUM BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FORKS
179
STEEL BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FEET
180
STEEL BALLAST SYSTEMS WITH FORKS
181
WATER BALLASTS
ALUMINIUM WATER BALLASTS
Aluminium Ballast Systems with adjustable feet
Aluminium Ballast Systems with forks
Structures are constructed out of aluminium, a light weight material which from a cost perspective remains very stable over time. The dimensions of this ballast system are 1x1x1.2 m. The tank, which can hold up to 500 litres of water, is filled at the top by hose and emptied through a bung in the bottom.
Ballast is used to provide stability to a structure. It is possible to manage modular ballast systems according to various needs. You can combine them on a base-plate to create a single anchor point or linked together at tower bases on an outdoor roof structure. Tower frames are thought to interface with QL40A, QL52A and QL76 trusses and LIBERA Alusfera through suitable connection kits. These ballasts are totally integrated in the Flyintower 15-2,000 concept.
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
1210
1000
1050
1000
900
1000
795
795
850
ACCESSORIES
178
850
795
795
water tank
900
ACCESSORIES
connection kit
tower connection
water tank
connection kit
tower connection
179
WATER BALLASTS
STEEL WATER BALLASTS
Steel Ballast Systems with adjustable feet
Steel Ballast Systems with forks
They are solidly built, and easy to assemble and dismantle. Staging often requires static weight to counteract forces and these systems are a very good answer. While the standard ballast for large events is water in tanks, for a small rig tanks can be filled with sand or other materials.
Ballast provide stability. Water ballast is a very simple solution to holding down marquees and staging. They can easily be stacked they can be stacked one on top of the other. The versatility of modules allows to disassemble and reinstall structures quickly not only as a square base but with several configurations, allowing to meet any specific requirement.
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
1210
1000
1050
1000
900
1000
795
795
850
ACCESSORIES
180
850
795
795
water tank
900
ACCESSORIES
connection kit
tower connection for steel
water tank
connection kit
tower connection for steel
181
BALLAST SYSTEMS
Alusfera 2.0 with the integration of the LITEC Ballasts Systems. Photo credits: LITEC Archive
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS EFFICIENCY & COST-EFFECTIVENESS LITEC has engineered the most suitable solutions for hanging screens in an extremely efficient, cost-effective and safe manner. LED Screen gates provide high-level truss supports for flying screens at concerts and other events in general. They consist of standard towers and trusses of the LITEC range. Here below you will find 8 standard LED screen ground supports, based on Towerlift 3, Varitower 3-30, Maxitower 40, Maxitower 52 and Maxitowers 85, but variations are available on request.
S6-H6-L1,300 S7-H7-L1,600 S8-H7-L1,800 S8-H7-L2,000 S9-H7-L2,900 S11-H9-L6,000 S13-H9-L9,000 S21-H15-L12,000
186 188 190 192 194 196 198 200
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
5985
6758
6758
S6-H6-L1,300
S6-H6 L1,300 A simple support solution for LED screens with a 6 m span and load capacity up to 1,300 kg. The ground support is made in QX40SA and in Towerlift 3. LED Screen Ground Supports S6-H6-L1,300 Span
6 m
Height
6 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
1300 kg
Towers
Towerlift 3
Main trusses
QX40SA
6802 1750
6000
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S6-H6-L1,300 6000 6802
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
186
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
187
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
7242
8020
8020
S7-H7-L1,600
S7-H7 L1,600 An easy-to assemble LED Screen Ground Support developed on a 7-metre span for screens up to 1,600 kg. LED Screen Ground Supports S7-H7-L1,600 Span
7 m
Height
7 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
1600 kg
Towers
Varitower 3-30
Main trusses
QH40SA
7401 7802
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S7-H7-L1,600 7000 7802
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
188
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
189
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
7242
8020
8020
S8-H7-L1,800
S8-H7 L1,800 This LED Screen Ground Support in RF40 trusses and Varitower 3-30 provide high-level truss supports for flying up to 1,800 kg screens in different applications. LED Screen Ground Supports S8-H7-L1,800 Span
8 m
Height
7 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
1800 kg
Towers
Varitower 3-30
Main trusses
RF40
8491 8892
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S8-H7-L1,800 8000 8892
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
190
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
191
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
7850
8760
8760
S8-H7-L2,000
S8-H7 L2,000 Free-standing mid-range LED support frame incorporating Varitower 3-40 and QL52A horizontal beams for screens up to 2,000 kg.
Span
8 m
Height
7 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
2000 kg
Towers
Varitower 3-40
Main trusses
QL52A
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S8-H7-L2,000
7000
LED Screen Ground Supports S8-H7-L2,000
8470
8000
8940
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
192
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
193
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
6874
8070
8070
S9-H7-L2,900
S9-H7 L2,900 The load bearing capacity is calculated and guaranteed for screens with a maximum load of 2,900 kg. The LED support is made in RL76A and Maxitower 40.
Span
9 m
Height
7 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
2900 kg
Towers
Maxitower 40
Main trusses
RL76A
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S9-H7-L2,900
6630
LED Screen Ground Supports S9-H7-L2,900
9470
9000
9470
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
194
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
195
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
S11-H9 L6,000
9432
11085
11085
S11-H9-L6,000
11000
7500
11750
LED Screen Ground Supports S11-H9-L6,000 Span
11 m
Height
9 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
6000 kg
Towers
Maxitower 52
Main trusses
RL105A
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S11-H9-L6,000
10410
Large format screen support frame featuring Maxitower 52 and RL105A horizontal beams for screens up to 6,000 kg.
11500
12890
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
196
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
197
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
9432
11085
11085
S13-H9-L9,000
S13-H9 L9,000
Span
13 m
Height
9 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
9000 kg
Towers
Maxitower 52
Main trusses
RL105A
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S13-H9-L9,000
13750
10410
LED Screen Ground Supports S13-H9-L9,000
2750
7500
Large format screen support frame for very high load capacity featuring Maxitower 52 and RL105A horizontal beams. The system is truly impressive.
11500 13000 14890 19000
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
198
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
199
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS
LITEC has deigned the MyT LED screen ground support to fly very heavy screens. The load bearing capacity is 12,000 kg on a maximum height of 20 m.
Span
21 m
Height
15 m
Uniformly distributed load UDL *
12000 kg
Towers
Maxitower 85
Main trusses
MyT
21352
LED SCREEN GROUND SUPPORTS S21-H15-L12,000
8000
LED Screen Ground Supports S21-H15-L12,000
15000
S21-H15 L12,000
17036
17036
S21-H15-L12,000
20000 29000
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. Due to the complex interaction of forces resulting from screen surface, wind speeds, system weight and required screen height, each system is unique with respect to the calculation of the complete construction. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
200
Screen supports for a wide range of applications can be configured using your products in stock. To request assistance on our LED Screen Ground Supports, please contact our engineering office, who will create a configuration to meet your technical requirements.
201
“END-PLATED” TRUSSES
204 206 8X6m DOUBLE-PITCH 208 10X8m DOUBLE-PITCH 210 12X10m DOUBLE-PITCH 212 6X4m ARC
8X6m ARC
LIBERA SYSTEM “STAR” TRUSSES
ROOF SYSTEMS
14X12m FL52 SINGLE-P. 14X12m FL52 DOUBLE-P.
SYNTHESIS
15X13m FL76 SINGLE-P.
LITEC has always been a forerunner in the search for safe and high-performance roof systems. The solutions available are numerous both for dimensions and typologies; from the smallest and lightest to the biggest thought for high load bearing capacity on wide spans. Easy to build, these structures consist almost entirely of standard components. They are equipped with self-extinguishing roofing sheets, wind bracing kits and ballast accessories.
16X12m FL52 DOUBLE-P.
16X8m ALUSFERA 1.0 17X13m FL76 SINGLE-P. 17X13m FL76 DOUBLE-P. 19X16m FL76 SINGLE-P. 19X13m FL76 DOUBLE-P. 20X16m FL105 DOUBLE-P. 21.5X11.5m ALUSFERA 2.0 22X19m LIBERA TUNNEL 24X16m FL105 DOUBLE-P. TERRACE STAND ROOFING
214 216 218 220 222 224 226 228 230 232 234 236 238 240
HIGH LOAD “FORK” TRUSSES 15x10m QL52A SINGLE-P. 18x13m QL52A SINGLE-P. 18x13m RL76A SINGLE-P. 21x13m RL76A SINGLE-P. 21x14m RL105A SINGLE-P. 24x14m RL105A SINGLE-P.
242 244 246 248 250 252
ROOF SYSTEMS
ARC
ARC 6X4m
6x4m Arc Roof Systems highlight the specifics of their components: the reliability and strength of end-plated trusses and the intuitive technical and constructive know-how of the custom-made parts. Easy to assemble, they use as many standard production parts as possible. Thanks to their modularity, they may be expanded depthwise to build long tunnels. They are recommended both for temporary and permanent installations. They are particularly suitable for tourist centres, public parks, squares and exhibition areas, even in town centres, given their visual impact.
The bases of arc roof systems can be fitted to ground plates. This accessory makes ballast weight positioning and staying operations easier.
6600 6020
3900 kg
Weight
410 kg
Transport volume
5,4 m3
Covered area/storage volume ratio**
4,5
Towers
4 fixed legs
Trusses for lifter
QX30SA
Trusses for roof
QX30SA
Roofing sheet
Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 590 g/sqm
The curved trusses are modular arches which may be put together into complete circles. The connection between curved truss, straight truss and towers is made using a DADO with special aluminium flanges and a few accessories.
3330
Uniformly distributed load UDL*
Arc roof 6x4m
3910
3090 kg
4495
6x4 m
Distributed Load considering wind pressure
4785
Dimensions
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
204
3508
** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases.
205
ROOF SYSTEMS
ARC
ARC 8X6m
8x6m Arc Roof Systems highlight the specifics of their components: the reliability and strength of end-plated trusses and the intuitive technical and constructive know-how of the custom-made parts. Easy to assemble, they use as many standard production parts as possible. Thanks to their modularity, they may be expanded depthwise to build long tunnels. They are recommended both for temporary and permanent installations. They are particularly suitable for tourist centres, public parks, squares and exhibition areas, even in town centres, given their visual impact.
The bases of arc roof systems can be fitted to ground plates. This accessory makes ballast weight positioning and staying operations easier.
8600 8020
2735 kg
Weight
455 kg
Transport volume
7,2 m3
Covered area/storage volume ratio**
6,7
Towers
4 fixed legs
Trusses for lifter
QX30SA
Trusses for roof
QX30SA
Roofing sheet
Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 590 g/sqm
The curved trusses are modular arches which may be put together into complete circles. The connection between curved truss, straight truss and towers is made using a DADO with special aluminium flanges and a few accessories.
5330
Uniformly distributed load UDL*
Arc roof 8x6m
4762
2076 kg
5910
8x6 m
Distributed Load considering wind pressure
5053
Dimensions
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
206
3508
** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases.
207
ROOF SYSTEMS DOUBLE PITCH 8X6 m
DOUBLE PITCH 8x6m
The standard roofing systems use two towers, the Towerlift 3 and the Varitower 3-30. The carriage is the same on both towers and has upper posts for coupling to the roof lintel.
Double-pitch roof systems are the result of the research of high performance and safe solutions. Roofing mounted on manual lifters, these structures may be assembled without electrical-driven parts. The lifter is the well-known Towerlift 3 and the whole system can be raised up to 6 metres above the ground. They can be fitted with lateral PA wings for hanging audio and video systems.
8800 8000
6240 kg
Weight
1210 kg
Transport volume
15 m3
Covered area/storage volume ratio**
3,2
Towers
4 x Towerlift 3
Trusses for lifter
QX30SA
Trusses for roof
QX40SA+FX30S
Roofing sheet
Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 650 g/sqm
8x6m The top angle of the roof is composed of a 40 cm DADO with forked spacers. Simple yet strong. These systems have been designed to solve the most critical problem: coupling the gable to the base structure.
6000
Uniformly distributed load UDL*
DOUBLE-PITCH ROOF
6800
4848 kg
5856
8X6 m
Distributed Load considering wind pressure
7258
Dimensions
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. ** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
208
209
ROOF SYSTEMS DOUBLE PITCH 10X8m
DOUBLE PITCH 10X8m
The standard roofing systems use two towers, the Towerlift 3 and the Varitower 3-30. The carriage is the same on both towers and has upper posts for coupling to the roof lintel.
Double-pitch roof systems are the result of the research of high performance and safe solutions. Roofing mounted on manual lifters, these structures may be assembled without electrical-driven parts. The lifter is the well-known Towerlift 3 and the whole system can be raised up to 6 metres above the ground. They can be fitted with lateral PA wings for hanging audio and video systems.
10800 10000
4800 kg
Weight
1424 kg
Transport volume
18 m3
Covered area/storage volume ratio**
4,5
Towers
4 x Towerlift 3
Trusses for lifter
QX30SA
Trusses for roof
QX40SA+FX30S
Roofing sheet
Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 650 g/sqm
10X8m The top angle of the roof is composed of a 40cm DADO with forked spacers. Simple yet strong. These systems have been designed to solve the most critical problem: coupling the gable to the base structure.
8000
Uniformly distributed load UDL*
DOUBLE PITCH-ROOF
8800
3552 kg
5866
10X8 m
Distributed Load considering wind pressure
7518
Dimensions
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. ** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
210
211
DOUBLE PITCH
ROOF SYSTEMS DOUBLE PITCH 12X10m
12X10m This structure for professional use has considerable dimensions and performance. Every detail has been determined following the highest safety standards required for applications at this level. Thanks to the restraining devices adopted and materials used, this system performs excellently even in high winds. It is mounted on Varitower 3 lifters assembled for lifting with chain hoists. Double-pitch roof systems can be fitted with lateral PA wings for hanging audio or video systems.
Thanks to the restraining devices adopted and materials used, these systems perform excellently even in high winds.
1290 1210
6944 kg
Weight
2600 kg
Transport volume
24,7 m3
Covered area/storage volume ratio**
4,8
Towers
4 x Varitower 3
Trusses for lifter
QH30SA
Trusses for roof
QH30SA+FX30S
Roofing sheet
Self-extinguishing Class 2 - 650 g/sqm
12X10m They are mounted on Varitower 3 lifters and are assembled for lifting with chain hoists. Both motor and manual hoists may be used. Double-pitch roof systems can be fitted with lateral flyouts for hanging audio or video systems.
1010
Uniformly distributed load UDL*
DOUBLE PITCH-ROOF
1090
3252 kg
7000
12x10 m
Distributed Load considering wind pressure
8900
Dimensions
* Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. ** This figure shows the ratio between the area covered by the assembled structure and the volume of the individual trusses used to build it. It is an efficiency figure useful in comparative analyses: transportability efficiency improves as the figure increases. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with standards EN 1991 - Eurocode 1, EN 1999 Eurocode 9, EN 13814, EN 13782, DIN 4112, DIN 4113-1, DIN 4113-1/A1, DIN 4113-2. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
212
213
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA 52 14x12m single-pitch
LIBERA FL52
14x12m SINGLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 52 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL52 grid structure. The actual span can reach 16 metres, to which side wings may be added.
LIBERA FL52
Towers
4 x Varitower 3-40
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
5000 kg ≈
Chain hoists
1000 kg
Total weight
3670 kg
Volume
22 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
4 hrs / 4 w
14x12m SINGLE-PITCH Some standard configurations are available, but – as always in the case of LIBERA – countless solutions are possible thanks to the modular system.
9510
Main truss
LIBERA FL52
9241
from 6 to 9 m
12000
14 x 12 m
Heights range*
14000
8717
Dimensions
15610
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
214
7170
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
215
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA 52 14x12m double-pitch
LIBERA FL52
14x12m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 52 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL52 grid structure. The actual span can reach 16 metres, to which side wings may be added.
LIBERA FL52
Towers
4 x Maxitower 40
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
5000 kg ≈
Chain hoists
1000 kg
Total weight
4765 kg
Volume
30 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
4 hrs / 4 w
14x12m DOUBLE-PITCH Some standard configurations are available, but – as always in the case of LIBERA – countless solutions are possible thanks to the modular system.
11010
Main truss
LIBERA FL52
13166
from 7 to 11 m
12000
14 x 12 m
Heights range*
14000
12020
Dimensions
14940
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
216
11500
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
217
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 15x13m single-pitch
LIBERA FL76
15x13m SINGLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. With the single-pitch roof, the upper grid structure consists of trusses with built-in LIBERA FL76R roofing sheet guides.
LIBERA FL76
Towers
4 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
5000 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
1000-2000 kg
Total weight
4280 kg
Volume
33 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
5 hrs / 4 w
15x13m SINGLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
9950
Main truss
LIBERA FL76
14812
from 8 to 14 m
13160
15 x 13 m
Heights range*
14980
14050
Dimensions
16687
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
7°
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
218
12558
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
219
ROOF SYSTEMS ALUSFERA FL52 16x8m
ALUSFERA FL52 16x8m Alusfera is another way of using LIBERA, again starting from standard components with the addition of a few special accessories. The horizontal roof of one configuration may become a quarter sphere in another to accommodate a whole stage, with the performance of a “real” stage, including large applied loads, large roofed areas, and very small transport volumes.
8m
Main truss
LIBERA FL52
Towers
//
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
4500 kg ≈
Chain hoists
//
Total weight
2000 kg 11 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
5 hrs / 4 w
16x8m It is a very impressive structure that may be used purely as part of the scenery, even without roofing sheets.
610
Volume
ALUSFERA FL52
8220
16 x 8 m
Height*
16440 15400
8830
Dimensions
520
* Height suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system.
For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
530
** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
220
8430
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
7900
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
221
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL52 16x12m double-pitch
LIBERA FL52 16x12m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 52 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL52 grid structure. The actual span can reach 16 metres, to which side wings may be added.
LIBERA FL52
Towers
4 x Maxitower 40
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
4500 kg ≈
Chain hoists
1000 kg
Total weight
5075 kg
Volume
31 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
4 hrs / 4 w
16x12m DOUBLE-PITCH Some standard configurations are available, but – as always in the case of LIBERA – countless solutions are possible thanks to the modular system.
11010
Main truss
LIBERA FL52
13166
from 7 to 11 m
12000
16 x 12 m
Heights range*
16000
12020
Dimensions
16940
* Height suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
222
11500
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
223
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 17x13m single-pitch
LIBERA FL76 17x13m SINGLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. With the single-pitch roof, the upper grid structure consists of trusses with built-in LIBERA FL76R roofing sheet guides.
LIBERA FL76
Towers
4 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
7500 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
1000-2000 kg
Total weight
4520 kg
Volume
34 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
5 hrs / 4 w
17x13m SINGLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
9950
Main truss
LIBERA FL76
14812
from 8 to 14 m
13160
17 x 13 m
Heights range*
17120
14050
Dimensions
18827
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
7°
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
224
12558
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
225
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 17x13m double-pitch
LIBERA FL76 17x13m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. For the double-pitch version normal LIBERA FL76 trusses are used with the addition of support systems and sliding guides for the roofing sheet, which are fixed to the grid. This arrangement has the advantage of having a horizontal hanging plane.
LIBERA FL76
Towers
6 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
12000 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
1000 - 2000 kg
Total weight
7000 kg
Volume
60 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
5 hrs / 5 w
17x13m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
9950
Main truss
LIBERA FL76
14812
from 8 to 14 m
13160
17 x 13 m
Heights range*
17120
14050
Dimensions
18827
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
226
12558
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
227
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 19x16m single-pitch
LIBERA FL76
19x16m SINGLE- PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. With the single-pitch roof, the upper grid structure consists of trusses with built-in LIBERA FL76R roofing sheet guides.
LIBERA FL76
Towers
6 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
10000 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
2000 kg
Total weight
7880 kg
Volume
65 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
6 hrs / 5 w
19x16m SINGLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
12420
Main truss
LIBERA FL76
15113
from 8 to 14 m
15630
19 x 16 m
Heights range*
19260
14376
Dimensions
20967
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
7°
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
228
12558
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
229
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA FL76 17x13m double-pitch
LIBERA FL76 19x13m DOUBLE-PITCH LIBERA is an open structural system. Roof systems in LIBERA 76 consist of Maxitowers and a LIBERA FL76 grid structure. For the double-pitch version normal LIBERA FL76 trusses are used with the addition of support systems and sliding guides for the roofing sheet, which are fixed to the grid. This arrangement has the advantage of having a horizontal hanging plane.
LIBERA FL76
Towers
6 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
11000 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
2000 kg
Total weight
7700 kg
Volume
65 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
6 hrs / 5 w
19x13m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
13414
Main truss
LIBERA FL76
16361
from 8 to 14 m
14688
19 x 13 m
Heights range*
17140
15015
Dimensions
18620
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
7°
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
230
14253
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
231
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA105 20x16m double-pitch
LIBERA FL105 20x16m DOUBLE-PITCH This is the largest roof system in the LIBERA range, and one of the biggest and best performing on the market. It is based on the LIBERA concept and consists of Maxitower 76 and LIBERA FL105 trusses. It is imposing and sturdy, and is – in itself – the most spectacular element of the show. The structure has excellent technical specifications and is highly modular.
LIBERA FL105
Towers
6 x Maxitower76
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
15000 kg ≈
Chain hoists
2000 kg
Total weight
11700 kg
Volume
112 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
6 hrs / 6 w
20x16m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
14000
Main truss
LIBERA105
18304
from 10 to 16 m
16000
20 x 16 m
Heights range*
20000
16634
Dimensions
22000
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
232
15579
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
233
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA ALUSFERA 2
LIBERA ALUSFERA 2 Alusfera is another way of using LIBERA, again starting from standard components with the addition of a few special accessories. It is a very impressive structure that may be used purely as part of the scenery, even without roofing sheets. Compared to the first version, Alusfera 2 has been designed with the addition of frontal and rear arches, a new ridge, a new solution to fix the main arches to the ground and an alternative for setting up.
21560 20030
Main truss
LIBERA FL76
Towers
//
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
6500 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
//
Total weight
3700 kg
Volume
18 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
6 hrs / 5 w
LIBERA ALUSFERA 2 These innovations limit rain exposure, make assembly operations easier and increase load capacity.
9690
11,5 m
11110
21,5X11,5 m
Height*
13380
Dimensions
* Height suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
234
10310
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
9550
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
235
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA TUNNEL 22x19m
LIBERA TUNNEL 22x19m Not just straight: LIBERA can be “bent” and used to create rounded components simply by adding small accessories to normal trusses. With simple stratagems you can go from flat systems to arched systems and vice versa. Tunnels may be created with front or side roof ridges.
from 8 to 14 m
Main truss
LIBERA FL76
Towers
6 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
13000 kg ≈
Chain hoists
2000 kg
Total weight
9700 kg
Volume
62 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
8 hrs / 8 w
LIBERA TUNNEL 22x19m No other product in this sector is so versatile, and riggers who fully understand the concept are able to assemble different structures each time. Rounded systems may be built with all LIBERA FL52, FL76 and FL105 models.
13500
22x19 m
Heights range*
21400
19000
Dimensions
22600
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
236
15600
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
12800
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
237
ROOF SYSTEMS LIBERA105 24x16m double-pitch
LIBERA FL105 24x16m DOUBLE-PITCH This is the largest roof system in the LIBERA range, and one of the biggest and best performing on the market. It is based on the LIBERA concept and consists of Maxitower 76 towers and LIBERA FL105 trusses. It is imposing and sturdy, and is – in itself – the most spectacular element of the show. The structure has excellent technical specifications and is highly modular.
LIBERA FL105
Towers
6 x Maxitower76
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
14000 kg ≈
Chain hoists
2000 kg
Total weight
12800 kg
Volume
116 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
6 hrs / 6 w
24x16m DOUBLE-PITCH Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
14000
Main truss
LIBERA105
18304
from 10 to 16 m
16000
24 x 16 m
Heights range*
24000
16634
Dimensions
26000
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors.
This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
238
15579
The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates.
239
ROOF SYSTEMS TERRACE STAND ROOFING
TERRACE STAND ROOFING This roof system for sports derives from the LIBERA modular concept. It uses trapezoidal flat section trusses which give the structure a streamlined look and the necessary slope for water to run off. Being completely overhanging, it does not need support pillars. The maximum overhang possible is 8 metres from the back wall, provided the stand structure is sufficiently ballasted.
2 metres long
FL7550200R HL trapez. flat truss
75/50 cm section
2 metres long
FL5035200R HL trapez. flat truss
50/35 cm section
2 metres long
FL3520200R HL trapez. flat truss
35/20 cm section
2 metres long
For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
240
LITEC only provides the roof system and connection components compatible with the most important makes of multidirectional scaffolding.
0,2 m
100/75 cm section
1m
FL10075200R HL trapez. flat truss
TERRACE STAND ROOFING 2 - 2,07 - 2,57 m
Dimensions
8 m max
241
ROOF SYSTEMS QL52A 15x10m
QL52A 15x10m High Load roof systems are particularly suitable for medium-sized covered structures. They consist in load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions.
QL52A
Towers
4 x Maxitower 40
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
7000 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
1000 kg
Total weight
6700 kg
Volume
45 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
4 hrs / 5 w
Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 10700
Main truss
QL52A 15x10m
13210
from 7 ato11 m
11740
15x10 m
Heights range*
15090
11020
Dimensions
16130
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
242
243
ROOF SYSTEMS QL52A 18x13m
QL52A 18x13m High Load roof systems are particularly suitable for medium-sized covered structures. They consist in load bearing trusses with universal fork connections for high-end solutions.
QL52A
Towers
6 x Maxitower 40
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
13400 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
1000 kg
Total weight
8700 kg
Volume
65 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
5 hrs / 6 w
Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 13920
Main truss
QL52A 18x13m
13480
from 7 to 11 m
14960
18x13 m
Heights range*
18090
11020
Dimensions
19130
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
244
245
ROOF SYSTEMS RL76A 18x13m
RL76A 18x13m These roof systems are highperformance structures that feature a connection made through steel forks. This line was designed when a high loading capacity is required together with wide spans.
RL76A
Towers
6 x Maxitower 40
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
17500 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
1000 kg
Total weight
8200 kg
Volume
76 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
5 hrs / 6 w
Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 13360
Main truss
RL76A 18x13m
13540
from 7 to 11 m
14400
18x13 m
Heights range*
18230
10900
Dimensions
19270
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
246
247
ROOF SYSTEMS RL76A 21x13m
RL76A 21x13m These roof systems are highperformance structures that feature a connection made through steel forks. This line was designed when a high loading capacity is required together with wide spans.
RL76A
Towers
6 x Maxitower 40
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
15500 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
1000 kg
Total weight
9000 kg
Volume
88 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
6 hrs / 6 w
Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front. 13360
Main truss
RL76A 21x13m
13540
from 7 to 11 m
14400
21x13 m
Heights range*
21230
10900
Dimensions
22270
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
248
249
ROOF SYSTEMS RL105A 21x14m
RL105A 21x14m They are strong and sturdy roof systems totally built in RL105A trusses and Maxitowers 52. They are thought for big installations on wide spans. They feature new built-in guides for inserting roof sheets and a four-way sleeve block which is compatible with LIBERA FL105.
RL105A
Towers
6 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
24000 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
2000 kg
Total weight
13500 kg
Volume
160 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
8 hrs / 6 w
Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
14480
Main truss
RL105A 21x14m
19280
from 10 to 16 m
15520
21x14 m
Heights range*
24230
16380
Dimensions
25270
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
250
251
ROOF SYSTEMS RL105A 24x14m
RL105A 24x14m They are strong and sturdy roof systems totally built in RL105A trusses and Maxitowers 52, They are thought for big installations on wide spans. They feature new built-in guides for inserting roof sheets and a four-way sleeve block which is compatible with LIBERA FL105.
RL105A
Towers
6 x Maxitower 52
Uniformly distributed load UDL **
21000 kg â&#x2030;&#x2C6;
Chain hoists
2000 kg
Total weight
14000 kg
Volume
172 m3
Set-up time & number of workers
8 hrs / 6 w
Side extensions for suspensions outside the set may be added to the front.
14480
Main truss
RL105A 24x14m
19280
from 10 to 16 m
15520
24x14 m
Heights range*
24230
16380
Dimensions
25270
* Range suggested according to the dimensions of the roof system. ** Indicative loading data for use in environments without wind. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. For details and further information, please consult the technical specifications or contact our engineering department or distributors. The examples and data shown on these pages are necessarily indicative owing to the extreme variability of the conditions in which the structures may be assembled. Each installation must be provided with a suitable quantity of ballast, as shown on the product certificates. This line of structures was created in compliance with European standards. Use of these systems is governed by laws which vary according to the country they are assembled in. They must be put together in compliance with the local regulations in force.
252
253
ROOF SYSTEMS
Charity Concert with Philharmonic Orchestra, Arboretum, Slovenia Photo courtesy of Martin Cvetko Prozvok d.o.o. Installation managed by Prozvok d.o.o., Notranje Gorice, Slovenia
CROWD BARRIERS SAFETY AND COMFORT Crowd barriers are commonly used at events calling for demarcation or prohibition of access to and from open spaces. LITEC is pleased to present its brand new crowd barriers series. They are made in aluminium, a durable and absolutely environmental friendly material. They are foldable, easy to remove, store, transport and install and disassemble. They distinguish themselves for their high quality, corrosion and aging resistance, offering a combination of optimum safety and comfort for both the audience and rescue personnel. They are connected one by one, and feature extended footboard to make the barriers more stable as well as an adjustable corner. The slope on front board avoids accidental tripping. Here below you will find the first models. Our engineering staff is designing a complete range of products that will be available soon.
STANDARD MODULE
258
ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE
260
GATE ACCESS MODULE
262
CABLE ACCESS MODULE
264
CROWD BARRIERS
ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE
STANDARD MODULE They are standard lightweight crowd control systems. They can be bolted together for one firmly anchored fence that will remain in place even in very agitated situations. They fold flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 40.3 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm. CROWD BARRIER STANDARD MODULE
CROWD BARRIER ADJUSTABLE CORNER MODULE
Material
Material Dimensions Weight
Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 48 kg
1250
1186
1186 1035
1250
Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 40.3 kg
Dimensions Weight
258
Apart from the standard section, the barrier can be delivered in several corner types to meet any environment requirements. It folds flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 48 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm.
1035
CONNECTION KIT
CONNECTION KIT
sold separarately
sold separarately
259
CROWD BARRIERS
CABLE ACCESS MODULE
Crowd barriers are used ad hoc when audiences and spectators need to be held at a distance, but sometimes you need to have an easy access. This is the case with this variant provided with a gate. LITEC crowd barriers ensure safety, high quality and ease of use with ergonomics and easy handling. They fold flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 45 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm.
Crowd barriers are used at sports events, political rallies, parades, demonstrations, and outdoor and indoor performances. This model can hold cables for a safe way of laying and protecting cables, hoses and ducts. All profiles have soft, rounded edges for maximum comfort. They fold flat after use and can be stacked on dollies for easy transport and storage. Each barrier weighs 49.3 kg and measures 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm.
CROWD BARRIER GATE ACCESS MODULE
CROWD BARRIER CABLE ACCESS MODULE
Material
Material Dimensions Weight
Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 49.3 kg
1250
1250
1186 1035
1186
Aluminium alloy EN AW 6082 T6 1035x1250x1186 (H) mm 45 kg
Dimensions Weight
260
GATE ACCESS MODULE
1035
CONNECTION KIT
CONNECTION KIT
sold separarately
sold separarately
261
CABLECROSS SOLUTIONS FOR LAYING AND DISTRIBUTING CABLES They are designed to meet the increasing need of a safe way of laying and protecting cables, hoses and ducts. They are patented models and their continuous development has made them superior quality products. They guarantee: - Tidy laying of cables and ducts; - Separated channels. They can contain plugs and sockets; - They do not obstacle movement in public areas; - They can be easily crossed by small wheels; - They are extremely resistant to heavy vehicles crossing; - They comply with safety regulations.
CABLECROSS 25HD
264
CABLECROSS 66HD
266
CABLECROSS 25HD
3,5
24
34
17 23 17
25HD
3-channel cable duct. It is the best solution for holding electrical wiring, telephonic and data cables, hydraulic lines, in offices, yards, trade centres, markets, camping places, live events, exhibition centres, military and public areas.
CABLECROSS 25HD CODE CC25HD
34
CABLECROSS
Dimensions: 250x34x1000 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 5 Weight: 2.85 kg Lid weight: 0.40 kg
34
250
1000
Use:
pavement
Reaction to Fire:
CLASS 1 in accordance with the uni 9174 + uni 8457
It complies with the EEC 73/23 directives regarding the low voltage electrical equipment It can be crossed by heavy vehicles according to its maximum roll-on load: 170N/cm2 Excellent resistance to solvents, acids, oils and atmospheric agents Max. operating voltage: 1000v c.a. - 1500 v c.c. Insulation resistance: 29.5 GΩ Protection:
IP30xc (according to CEI EN 60529-9/92 regulations)
Surface hardness:
90-98 (shore A)
Body:
semi-rigid expanded polyurethane & auto-peeling moulded extremely resistant against cuts or incisions
Top lid material:
polycarbonate / PC (very flexible and resistant)
The lid is fixed to the base by means of a moulded tug hinge (velcro ®)
264
cablecross code
description
CC25HD CC25HDX4 CC25LHD CC25LHDX4 CCSTM CC25LOGO
CC25HD Cablecross - 3 channels 4-way cross CCH25HD corner CC25HD Cablecross lid 4-way cross CC25HD corner lid CC Strap for lid – M Size CC25HD Logo Personalization
250
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
4-WAY CROSS CORNER CODE CC25HDX4 Dimensions: 250x34x250 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 1 Weight: 0.80 kg Lid weight: 0.20 kg
250
CABLECROSS 25HD 1 / Rounded angles - no steps 2 / Moulded Velcro (not glued)
3 / Ergonomic built-in handle with rounded edges.
4 / Prearrangement for ground fastening.
265
CABLECROSS 66HD
CABLECROSS
66HD
3-channel cable duct. It is the best solution for holding electrical wiring, telephonic and data cables, hydraulic lines, in offices, yards, trade centres, markets, camping places, live events, exhibition centres, military and public areas.
65
CABLECROSS 66HD CODE CC66HD Dimensions: 662x73x1000 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 2 Weight: 12.8 kg Lid weight: 1.5 kg 998
392 227
48
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Use:
pavement
Reaction to Fire:
CLASS 1 in accordance with the uni 9174 + uni 8457
It complies with the EEC 73/23 directives regarding the low voltage electrical equipment It can be crossed by heavy vehicles according to its maximum roll-on load: 170N/cm2 Excellent resistance to solvents, acids, oils and atmospheric agents Max. operating voltage: 1000v c.a. - 1500 v c.c. Insulation resistance: 29.5 GΩ Protection:
IP30xc (according to CEI EN 60529-9/92 regulations)
Surface hardness:
90-98 (shore A)
Body:
semi-rigid expanded polyurethane & auto-peeling moulded extremely resistant against cuts or incisions
Top lid material:
polycarbonate / PC (very flexible and resistant)
The lid is fixed to the base by means of a moulded tug hinge (velcro ®)
266
cablecross code
description
CC66HD CC66HDC30 CC66HDT3 CC66LHDC CC66LHDT3 CC66LHDC30 CCSTL CC66LOGO CCSTG
CC66HD Cablecross - 3 channels 30° 2-way CC66HD Corner 3-way “T” CC66HD Corner CC66HD Cablecross Lid 3-way “T” CC66HD Corner Lid 30° 2-way CC66HD Corner Lid CC Strap for Lid – “L” size CC66HD Logo Personalization Special Glue for CC Strap –1/2kg pack
662
5
54
73
72
0
30° 2-WAY CORNER CODE CC66HDC30 Dimensions: 370x73x375 mm Number of Cablecross per package: 1 Weight: 3.7 kg Lid weight: 0.40 kg
14
1
998
CABLECROSS 66HD 1 / Rounded angles - no steps 2 / Moulded Velcro (not glued)
3 / 3-way “T” CORNER
4 / Prearrangement for ground fastening.
267
CABLECROSS
Heineken Jamminâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Festival, Venice, Italy LITEC Archive.
BESPOKE SOLUTIONS INNOVATION For LITEC, clients and their needs are always top priority: clients are LITEC’s most valuable resource. LITEC assists customers at every stage, from initial concept to completion of the structure offering our knowledge, expertise and experience to embrace the most demanding challenges. In the next pages you will find some special projects we have been involved with in the last months. LITEC invents new ways of accomplishing tasks, making them not just possible, but simple and secure too. LITEC is about style, about being ahead of the curve, about solutions.
PANORAMIC WHEEL
272
RINGS
273
BUS AND SUPPORT STRUCTURE
274
SWIVELLING PLATFORM
275
EQUIPPED GYM CENTRE
276
RHOMBUS CEILING
277
FLYING BOARD
278
SPRINGBOARDS
279
ZEBRA TRUSSES
280
“THE HIGHEST STAGE IN THE WORLD”
283
BESPOKE SOLUTIONS
ruota panoramica Riproduzione della ruota panoramica di Londra, impiegata in una manifestazione sportiva di rilevanza mondiale. La struttura è formata da un corpo principale in tralicci, da raggi, dal mozzo centrale della ruota e da elementi decorativi che richiamano la geometria delle cabine dellâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;opera vera.
panoramic wheel Reproduction of the panoramic wheel of London, which was shown during a world sports event. The structure is formed of a main body in trusses, many radii, the central hub of the wheel and several decorative elements which reflect the shape of the original cabins.
272
rings Technical characteristics arches made with special curved triangular-section trusses material in aluminium alloy EN AW-6082 T6 15-metre diameter
Construction of some rings made in different types and dimensions, designed for a world sports event. These structures are quite different from standard circles and their applications.
Technical characteristics modules made with various aluminium profiles welded together nut and bolt connection all the components assembled together while being installed
273
BESPOKE SOLUTIONS
274
bus and support structure
swivelling platform
Realization of the frame and support structure of an aluminium bus for â&#x20AC;&#x153;Priscilla, Queen of the Desertâ&#x20AC;?. The Musical is produced by MAS, Music, Art & Show, and other producers such as the actress Bette Midler, Allan Scott and James L. Nederlander. The work was commissioned by Teyco srl.
This is an example of swiveling platforms made with the collaboration of Teyco srl. The aluminium platform is meant for circular and rotating stages with modular diameters. It allows the rotation through a motorizing system which was conveniently designed. It consists of two parts; the lower part is static and the upper one is swivelling. The modular structure is completely dismountable for a total transport volume of 27m3.
Technical characteristics the whole bus made in aluminium alloy EN AW-6082 T6 frames of various types and sizes
Technical characteristics external diameter: 10m height without stage deck: 25cm compatible with Stage-deck: 1.04 m x 2.07m extruded tubes: EN AW-6082 T6 structure self-weight: 1200 kg load capacity: 4000 kg
275
BESPOKE SOLUTIONS
equipped gym centre An equipped gym centre to all intents and purposes meant for multiple motoric activities in Northern America. It is a mixed configuration of standard LIBERA FL52 trusses and Varitowers 2-40, with the overall dimensions 8.5m x 9.5m x 6m(h), mostly redesigned to meet the very stringent requests of the Canadian customer JungleSport.
276
rhombus ceiling It stands out for the most optimal compromise of storage of all the components in a minimum transport volume inside a van quick assembly and disassembly done by two persons in just two hours the finished structure responding to the functional characteristics required the highest safety standards met seen the didactic use of the structure
The system was manufactured for the Resistance Tour of the Muse. It consists of a grid with a rhombusshaped ceiling, instead of a square type, made of customized LIBERA FL52 trusses with flat forks. The stage was designed by Oli Metcalfe and Es Devlin with the technical production of Malcolm Birkett and Chris Vaughan of The Production Office.
Technical characteristics 15m x 15m grid rhombus shape connections conveniently designed
277
BESPOKE SOLUTIONS
fflying board Construction of a cage, an essential part of a flying board meant for an amusement park. This structure can be considered bespoke for its high quality levels; it was made to withstand dynamic stress. This project was possible thanks to the collaboration of the company Dynamic Motion Systems.
278
springboards Technical characteristics realization of customized trusses of the QL40A series and special connection profiles high rigidity of the whole system
Supply of two special springboards for the events “Flugtag” and “Cliff Diving” of Red Bull. In the first sports event a cantilever structure was made in LIBERA FL76 trusses hooked with steel cables and laid on scaffolding walls. In the second the trusses QL52A and QX40S were used to build up a 26-metre high trampoline. The incredible platform, which was mounted on a house balcony, is made of a 5-metre long cantilever structure for diving. The modular structure was easily hand carried for 200 metres.
Technical characteristics cantilever structures rigidity of the two systems versatility of all the components
279
BESPOKE SOLUTIONS
zebra trusses Realization of special trusses for the Lion King Musical, with the collaboration of Peter Lambert Production Services Ltd. The project required the reinterpretation and readaptation of the original American drawings specifically thought for the British production. We supplied 6 different truss lines with very strict specifications and shapes for hanging Led walls and lights.
280
“the highest stage in the world” Technical characteristics 6 different lines of trusses, similar to the classic pre-rig trusses, with a 4.5-metre module each composition of six 14-metre long spans, different from one another bespoke trusses made with tubular aluminium profiles
Design of a prism-shaped stage with a triangular base made in MyT, QL85A, QD30SA and QX30S trusses for Vasco Rossi’s Live Kom Tour. It was not a conventional roof system, but a “naked” structure in order to amaze people for its shape and volume. Audacious technical solutions in height were adopted to create great visual impact.
Technical characteristics 3 Towers, each of which consists of 4 squaresection columns linked to one another, which rise up to 42m the trusses that join the towers are set up on 3 levels and are linked with steel sleeve blocks at the top of the towers several elements are fixed merely for scenic purposes like cranes of a building site, bringing the global height to 54 metres from the ground, the highest height ever reached
281
BESPOKE SOLUTIONS
Live event Photo courtesy of Mister X Service | Event services Cremona, Italy
CHAIN HOISTS SAFETY LITEC proposes a broad range of Rigging products, which follows the highest standards of quality and safety to complement the companyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s range of aluminum trusses. LITEC offers two lines of electric chain hoists, i.e. EXE-Rise and LITEC Chain Hoists. They are both purpose-designed for theatre and entertainment sector applications. Light and compact, they distinguish themselves for their silence while working, reliability and high performances. LITEC also guarantees a qualified assistance and maintenance service including a system of scheduled maintenance and repair, carried out exclusively by trained, authorized technicians using original parts.
EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS D8 320 kg D8 620 kg D8 1120 kg D8 2000 kg D8+ 160 kg D8+ 310 kg D8+ 560 kg D8+ 1000 kg
288 290 292 294 296 298 300 302
LITEC HOISTS D8 250 kg D8 500 kg D8 1000 kg D8 2000 kg D8 2500 kg D8+ 500 kg D8+ 1000 kg
308 309 310 311 312 313 314
EXE RISE CHAIN HOISTS SAFE, PRECISE, MADE IN ITALY The new EXE-RISE complies with BGV-D8 and igvw SQ P2 codes of practice. It is a 100% Made in Italy electric chain hoist. Each single component of the main body is manufactured in Italy. Steel chain comes from Germany and complies with the strictest DIN regulations in force about hoisting and lifting in the entertainment industry. The two braking systems (which are really independent as they are powered by two additional independent cables) are positioned on the motor shaft. This gives the chance to place the clutch system outside the load path. The DC brakes give a real instant response to electrical impulses thanks to an ad-hoc revolutionary component. Thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s why the EXE RISE hoist is really safe. The 5-pocket load wheel, helical gears with oil lubrication and the round chain guide make the EXE RISE series one of the most silent of the market. DC EXE-Rise can easily be converted into LVC chain hoists. EXE RISE is available in the BGV D8 320 kg, 620 kg, 1120 kg and 2000 kg versions; and in the BGV D8+ 160kg, 310 kg, 560 kg and 1000 kg models.
286
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS 2
D8 320 kg 4
6 8
D8 320 kg
1
14
D8 320 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS Chain size: 4x12
10
12
Chain safety factor: 1:5
15
Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
15
D8 320 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS
HOIST EXPLODED VIEW
Chain bag size: XS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D8 320 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Chain size: 4x12 Chain weight: 0.35 kg/m Chain safety factor: 1:5 Grade of steel: 80 128
7
Chain weight: 0.35 kg/m
Colour: Black
Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
D8 320 kg / KEY FEATURES
13
5
Max chain length: 32 m
End cover Brake Gear housing flange Gear housing Reduction gear Main body from reduction gear side Chain swivel hook Chain bag bracket Chain guide Guide plate
11 12 13 14 15
Main body from motor side Rotor assembly Motor housing End cover Screws
NEW FEATURES
Model: D8 Load capacity: 320 kg Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min 134
182
152
Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train
339
Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8 320 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 1
DC brake system: 1
Body weight: 15 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 1.0 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg
288
11
3
The 320 kg model is compact and strong and represents the perfect lifting solution for fixed installations and the exhibition industry. It is the ideal product for those who have Line Array compact systems which overcome a self-weight of 250 kg (which is the usual loading capacity compact hoist in the entertainment industry) and are not suitable for the usual compact hoists on the market.
3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 2.51 A – Y 1.45 A
9
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
289
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS D8 620 kg 2
3 4
6
9
1
12 13 18
17
D8 620 kg
D8 620 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS
EXE RISE 620 kg represents a worldwide innovation. It deals with a functional step between the compact version and the 1-ton series. The best solution for exhibition and theatre installations. It may be equipped with limit switches.
Chain weight: 0.54 kg/m
HOIST EXPLODED VIEW
Chain bag size: MD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Load cell 44
14
10
D8 620 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS
Encoder Geared limit switches
End cover Gasket Motor housing Motor Motor flange gasket Motor housing flange Central body gasket Chain bag bracket Body swivel hook Chain swivel hook
16 15
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
19
Chain Gear housing Reduction gear Gear gasket Gear housing flange Gasket Brake End cover Screws
178 188
Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz) 187
11
Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
D8 620 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH
D8 620 kg / KEY FEATURES
NEW FEATURES
125 83
Model: D8 Load capacity: 620 kg 208
235 443
125 265 257
Load wheel: 7 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8 620 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 0.8 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 1
DC brake system: 1
Body weight: 31 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 1.3 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg
290
8
Grade of steel: 80
Colour: Black
3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 3.92 A – Y 2.26 A
7
Chain safety factor: 1:5
Max chain length: 40 m
Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min
5
Chain size: 5x15
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
291
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS D8 1120 kg 2
3 4
6
9
1
12 13 18
17
D8 1120 kg EXE RISE 1120 is the natural further step of the series. The main body is ready to be adapted to limit switch devices and digital components. EXE RISE 1120 can be supplied on request with a simple solution to get a double-reeve hoist (and double loading capacity device).
D8 1120 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m
HOIST EXPLODED VIEW
Chain bag size: LG
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
215
162
Colour: Black
44
Geared limit switches
3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 4.61 A – Y 2.66 A
153
100
187
178 188
Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)
208
235 443
Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
End cover Gasket Motor housing Motor Motor flange gasket Motor housing flange Central body gasket Chain bag bracket Body swivel hook Chain swivel hook
16 15
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
19
Chain Gear housing Reduction gear Gear gasket Gear housing flange Gasket Brake End cover Screws
NEW FEATURES 125 265 275
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8 1120 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 1
DC brake system: 1
Body weight: 40 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 2.0 kg
292
14
10
D8 1120 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS
Load cell
Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min
11
Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
Encoder
Load capacity: 1120 kg
8
Grade of steel: 80
D8 1120 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH
Model: D8
7
Chain safety factor: 1:5
Max chain length: 40 m
D8 1120 kg / KEY FEATURES
5
Chain size: 7x22
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
293
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS D8 2000 kg 2
3 4
6
9
1
12 13 18
17
D8 2000 kg EXE RISE 2000 kg is the only version of the BGV D8 line to be supplied with a standard secondary safety system. It represents the perfect solution for High Load structures and Outdoor events systems. The main body is ready to be adapted to limit switch devices and digital components.
D8 2000 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m
HOIST EXPLODED VIEW
Chain bag size: XL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
305
252
Load cell 44
Geared limit switches Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)
End cover Gasket Motor housing Motor Motor flange gasket Motor housing flange Central body gasket Chain bag bracket Body swivel hook Chain swivel hook
16 15
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
19
Chain Gear housing Reduction gear Gear gasket Gear housing flange Gasket Brake End cover Screws
178 188
187
14
10
D8 2000 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS
Encoder
Model: D8 208
NEW FEATURES
100
153
D8 2000 kg / KEY FEATURES
235 443
153 265 275
Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8 2000 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.5 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 2
DC brake system: 1
Body weight: 46 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 5.0 kg
294
11
Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
D8 2000 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH
3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 8.36 A – Y 4.82 A
8
Grade of steel: 80
Colour: Black
Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min
7
Chain safety factor: 1:5
Max chain length: 36 m
Load capacity: 2000 kg
5
Chain size: 7x22
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
295
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS
2 1
4
D8+ 160 kg 5 6
3
7
8
D8+ 160 kg
9
This chain hoist model is compact and strong, and represents the perfect lifting solution for fixed installations and the exhibition industry. Safe and reliable, it is equipped with double brake unit and can be customisable with Encoder, Load Cell and Geared Limit Switches.
D8+ 160 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS
3
5
Chain size: 4x12 Chain weight: 0.35 kg/m
1
Chain safety factor: 1:8
2
Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
4
D8+ 160 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: XS Max chain length: 32 m Colour: Black
D8+ 160 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder Load cell Geared limit switches 128
Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)
D8+ 160 kg / KEY FEATURES Load capacity: 160 kg 134
203
157
3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 AC: Δ 2.77 A – Y 1.60 A 360
Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws
7
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8+ 160 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 1
DC brake system: 2
Body weight: 17 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 1.0 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg
296
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
6
NEW FEATURES
Model: D8+ Lifting speed: @ 50Hz: 4m/min
DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
297
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS
2 1
4
D8+ 310 kg 5 6
3
D8+ 310 kg EXE RISE is also available in the BGV D8+ 310kg version. The peculiar D8 body with 2 independent braking systems and the clutch outside the load path, allow the basic hoist to upgrade to a D8+ version simply adding the second brake disc and changing the safety factor from 1:5 to 1:10 (dividing the rated load by 2). As a result, the hoist is safe, effective and competitive, price wise.
7
8 9
D8+ 310 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS
3
5
Chain size: 5x15 Chain weight: 0.54 kg/m
1
Chain safety factor: 1:8
2
Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
4
D8+ 310 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: MD Max chain length: 40 m 145 186
Colour: Black
D8+ 310 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder 44
Load cell Geared limit switches
187
178 188
Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)
Model: D8+ Load capacity: 310 kg Lifting speed: @ 50Hz: 4m/min 3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 3.29 A – Y 1.90 A
258
235 493
Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws
7
265
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8+ 310 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 0.8 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 1
DC brake system: 2
Body weight: 31 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 1.3 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 1.0 kg
298
125 275
Load wheel: 7 pockets
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
6
NEW FEATURES
83
125
D8+ 310 kg / KEY FEATURES
DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
299
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS
2 1
4
D8+ 560 kg 5 6
3
D8+ 560 kg EXE RISE is also available in the BGV D8+ 560kg version. The peculiar D8 body with 2 independent braking systems and the clutch outside the load path, allow the basic hoist to upgrade to a D8+ version simply adding the second brake disc and changing the safety factor from 1:5 to 1:10 (dividing the rated load by 2). As a result, the hoist is safe, effective and competitive, price wise.
7
8 9
D8+ 560 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS
3
5
Chain size: 7x22 Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m
1
Chain safety factor: 1:8
2
Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
4
D8+ 560 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: LG Colour: Black
215
162
Max chain length: 40 m
D8+ 560 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder 44
Load cell Geared limit switches
153
D8+ 560 kg / KEY FEATURES Model: D8+ Load capacity: 560 kg Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min 3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 3.57 A – Y 2.06 A
258
100
178 188
187
Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)
235 493
Load wheel: 5 pockets Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws
6 7
NEW FEATURES 125 265 275
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association). The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8+ 560 kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.0 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 1
DC brake system: 2
Body weight: 42 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 2.0 kg
300
DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
301
CHAIN HOIST
CHAIN HOISTS
2 1
4
D8+ 1000 kg 5 6
3
D8+ 1000 kg EXE RISE is also available in the BGV D8+ 1000kg version. The peculiar D8 body with 2 independent braking systems and the clutch outside the load path, allow the basic hoist to upgrade to a D8+ version simply adding the second brake disc and changing the safety factor from 1:5 to 1:10 (dividing the rated load by 2). As a result, the hoist is safe, effective and competitive, price wise.
7
8 9
D8+ 1000 kg / CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS
3
5
Chain size: 7x22 Chain weight: 1.03 kg/m
1
Chain safety factor: 1:8
2
Grade of steel: 80 Surface: Galvanic zinc coated
4
D8+ 1000 kg / CHAIN BAG SPECIFICATIONS Chain bag size: XL
305
252
Max chain length: 36 m Colour: Black
D8+ 1000 kg / CUSTOMISABLE WITH Encoder 44
Load cell
153
D8+ 1000 kg kg / KEY FEATURES
100
187
178 188
Geared limit switches
Lifting speed @ 50Hz: 4m/min
258,4
235 493
Load wheel: 5 pockets
7
265
The BODY is made with a thicker aluminium wall to increase resistance and load capacity. REDUCTION GEAR is manufactured with a thicker aluminium wall to respond to the very stringent mechanical requirements of AGMA (American Gear Manufacturers Association).
Clutch outside gear train Force limiting friction device Precision helical gearing
The 620 kg model comes equipped with a 7-POCKET LOAD WHEEL to increase wear resistance.
D8+ 1000 kg kg / HOIST SPECIFICATIONS Type of control: Direct
Connection cable: L = 1 m
Operating voltage: 230/400 V @ 50Hz
Type of connector: CEE 16A – 3PH + G
Motor power: @ 50Hz: 1.5 kW
Noise level: 67.5 db @ full load
Revolution per minute: 1400
Falls of chain: 2
DC brake system: 2
Body weight: 42 kg
Protection class: IP55 DIN 40050
Upper swivel hook weight: 2.0 kg
FEM class: 1Am
Lower swivel hook: 2.0 kg
302
Brake disk Brake disk with shoes Disk hub Adjustment pins Brake anchor BFK458-08 Electromagnet Screws Joint double brake flange Screws
153 275
3 ph Δ 230 VAC Y 400 VAC: Δ 4.58 A – Y 2.64 A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
6
NEW FEATURES
Model: D8+ Load capacity: 1000 kg
Low voltage Control (st. 24VAC 50Hz)
DOUBLE BRAKE EXPLODED VIEW
The new CHAIN-BAG BRACKET allows to invert the hoist without removing screws since the chain bag goes in the right position automatically. The 5 mm GUIDE PLATE is made in steel to prevent breaking the chain guide if the chain jams. REDUCTION GEAR is oil (not grease) lubricated, thus complying with standards and bettering functionality. BREAKS are the most delicate and critical part in a chain hoist. EXE-Rise breaks do not contain iron, which oxidises quickly and cause plates to stick together.
303
EXE RISE CHAIN HOISTS
CHAIN HOIST
EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS XRP032D8 XRP032D8-C XRP032DB XRP062D8 XRP062D8-D XRP062DB XRP112D8 XRP112D8-A XRP112DB XRP112DB-B XRP200D8 XRP200D8-A
D8 Models “EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 320 kg single fall/single brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 320 kg single fall/single brake - LVC (without limit switch)
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 320 kg single fall/double brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/single brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/single brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/double brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/single brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 620 kg single fall/single brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/double brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/double brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 2000 kg double falls/single brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/single brake - LVC + 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m
4 meters/min.
XRP200DB
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 2000 kg double falls/double brake
4 meters/min.
EXE-RISE CHAIN HOISTS XRP016D8+ XRP031D8+ XRP056D8+
D8+ Models “EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 160 KG. single fall/double brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 310 KG. single fall/double brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 560 KG. single fall/double brake
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1120 kg single fall/double brake - LVC
XRP056D8+C XRP100D8+
+ 2 position limit switch - Max chain length: 25 m
4 meters/min.
“EXE RISE MK2” 400/3/50 1000 KG. double falls/double brake
4 meters/min.
CHAIN - 1 meter
XRC032-01M XRC062-01M XRC112-01M XRC200-01M
1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 4x12mm FOR CHAIN HOIST 320/D8 1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 5x15mm FOR CHAIN HOIST 620/D8 or 310/D8+ 1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 7x22mm FOR CHAIN HOIST 1120/D8 or 560/D8+ 1m GALVANIZED CHAIN 7x22mm “double falls” FOR CHAIN HOIST 2000/D8 or 1000/D8+ CHAIN BAGS
LHBKXS LHBKS LHBKM LHBKL LHBKX
“XS” BAG KIT “S” BAG KIT “M” BAG KIT “L” BAG KIT “XL” BAG KIT RAIN COVER
CHHLBK
RAIN COVER FOR 620, 1120, 2000 kg chain hoists
Swan Lake Reloaded, Sweden. Photo credits: SWL, Germany
LITEC HOISTS SAFETY WITHOUT COMPROMISE These chain hoists are purpose-designed for theatre and entertainment sector applications. Light and compact, they distinguish themselves for their silence while working and their reliability. For functional reasons, the slip clutch is installed in front of the brake system and integrated into the rotor shaft. It protects the hoist from overload and takes on the function of an emergency end stop for the highest and lowest hook positions. The hook suspension is standard. The chain hoists are equipped with fast stop contactor, the D8+ hoists are also furnished with double brake, and feature upright and inverted use. They are in IP65 class protection (dust tight and protected against water jets). These hoists are based on BGV D8/GUV-V D8 “Winches, lifting and pulling devices “for use as a chain hoist for lifting loads in construction”. They comply with the following regulations: DIN EN 14492-2 - DIN 15400 (load hook) - FEM calculation regulations for series lifting equipment (chain drive, motor, full load-life span) - ISO 4301:1:D (M3) = 400 h LITEC Hoists are available in the following BGV D8 versions: 250kg, 500kg, 1000kg, 2000kg and 2500kg loading capacity, and in the following BGV D8+ versions: 500kg and 1000kg loading capacity.
LITEC HOISTS
LITEC HOISTS
D8 250 kg D8 500 kg
The smallest chain hoist of the series is suitable for permanent installations and exhibitions sector applications. The 6-pocket load wheel allows the motor to run in a smooth way.
Light and compact, this chain hoist weighs only 20kg. It is ideal for theatre and exhibition applications. It is furnished with an external chain wheel as an additional protection in order to avoid motor damage in case of twisting of chain.
It is equipped with fast stop contactor and features upright and inverted use. It is in IP65 class protection (dust tight and protected against water jets).
248
248
309
309 45
45 81
,5
103
10
25
25
,5
103
10
81
93
7
51
52
19
164
,7
459
49
356
41
188
60 164
4
7 7,
405
19
187
93
41
342,25
60
36
24
24
83
83
36
28
28
48x48
48x48
D8 250 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Protection class: IP55
D8 500 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Protection class: IP55
Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz
Black swivel hook suspension
Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz
Black swivel hook suspension
Motor power: 0.18 kW
Wearing plate
Motor power: 0.36 kW
Wearing plate
Lifting capacity: 250kg
Two soft handles
Lifting capacity: 500kg
Two soft handles
Lifting speed: 4 m/min
Connection cable L=100cm e CEE 16A 3P+T 6H
Lifting speed: 4 m/min
Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H
Classification: ISO4301-1: 3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)
Chain box and bracket with carabiner
Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)
Chain box and bracket with carabiner
Casing and cover black
Fast stop contact relay
Casing and cover black
Fast stop contact relay
Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop
Weight: 19 kg
Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop
Weight: 20 kg
Slip clutch before brake
Dimensions (mm): A=246 B=309 C=164
Slip clutch before brake
Dimensions (mm): A=246 B=309 C=164
308
309
LITEC HOISTS
LITEC HOISTS CHAIN
D8 2000 kg
D8 1000 kg
It represents the perfect solution for High Load structures and outdoor events systems. The 5-pocket load wheel is made in hardened steel GGG60 and allows a smooth and silent run. Many options are available to comply with the most stringent standards: double brakes, standard and maximum limit switches, load sensors, brake monitoring and position encoders. Double brake may be controlled independently.
It is ideal for the setting up of events (concerts, shows, conferences, meetings, exhibitions, presentations, demonstrations, film and TV applications). Maximum safety is always guaranteed. The slip clutch is installed in front of the brake system, and its wear has no consequences on load integrity.
369
120
64
91
20
96
43 20
73
125
43
230
50
40
32
116
83
56
53
53
91,16
667
266
520
126
214
594
16
93 5
105 62
,5
84,5
71
251
35
16
389
347
55
147
323
29
38 80x80
72x72
D8 1000 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Protection class: IP55
D8 2000 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Protection class: IP55
Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz
Black swivel hook suspension
Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz
Black swivel hook suspension
Motor power: 0.73 kW
Wearing plate
Motor power: 1.53 kW
Wearing plate
Lifting capacity: 1000kg
Two hard handles
Lifting capacity: 2000kg
Two hard handles
Lifting speed: 4 m/min
Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H
Lifting speed: 4 m/min
Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H
Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)
Chain box and bracket with carabiner
Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)
Chain box and bracket with carabiner
Casing and cover black
Fast stop contact relay
Casing and cover black
Fast stop contact relay
Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop
Weight: 45 kg
Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop
Weight: 65 kg
Slip clutch before brake
Dimensions (mm): A=321 B=367 C=214
Slip clutch before brake
Dimensions (mm): A=345 B=389 C=230
310
311
LITEC HOISTS
LITEC HOISTS CHAIN
D8+ 500 kg
D8 2500 kg
D8+ or D8PLUS is a safety condition a chain hoist must achieve so that it can hold a load suspended over people´s heads. Attainment of this condition depends on certain mechanical and safety requirements, such as the use of two distinct braking units; achievement of a mechanical safety coefficient of 10:1; automatic motor stoppage in the event of overloading. The chain thus obtained has a double safety level in respect with the D8 1000 kg model.
It is ideal for lifting High Load structures. Easy maintenance is guaranteed during the whole life cycle. The slip clutch is installed in front of the brake system and integrated into the rotor shaft. In case of problems with the clutch, the load is not compromised, as many standards require.
347
323
369
465 55
16
187
91
62 17
,55
102
43 50
40
32
124
82
56
53
520
460
19
71
53
251
230
84,5
580
105
126 73
667
266
93
214
43
35
120
147
96
91
,1
6
20
55
29
38
72x72
80x80
D8 2500 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Protection class: IP55
D8+ 500 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Protection class: IP55
Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz
Black swivel hook suspension
Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz
Black swivel hook suspension
Motor power: 1.55 kW
Wearing plate
Motor power: 0.73 kW
Wearing plate
Lifting capacity: 2500kg
Two hard handles
Lifting capacity: 500kg
Two hard handles
Lifting speed: 3.2 m/min
Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H
Lifting speed: 4 m/min
Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H
Classification: ISO4301-1: M3 (FEM: 1Bm; duty: 25%, 150s/h)
Chain box and bracket with carabiner
Classification: ISO4301-1: M6 (FEM: 3m; duty: 50%, 300s/h)
Chain box and bracket with carabiner
Casing and cover black
Fast stop contact relay
Casing and cover black
Fast stop contact relay
Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop
Weight: 65 kg
Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop
Weight: 45 kg
Slip clutch before brake
Dimensions (mm): A=345 B=389 C=230
Slip clutch before brake
Dimensions (mm): A=321 B=367 C=214
312
313
LITEC HOISTS
CHAIN HOISTS
LITEC HOISTS
D8+ 1000 kg
Code
The LITEC Hoists series is also available in the BGV D8+ 1000kg version. This chain hoist has a double safety level with respect with the standard D8 version and has the possibility of some optional devices like load sensors and position encoders.
347
147
LCH 1000 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.
LT LH200D8-
LCH 2000 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.
LT LH250D8-
LCH 2500 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min. LCH 500 kg single raise/double brake - D8+ - 4 meters/min.
43
83
50
38
LCH 1000 kg single raise/double brake - D8+ - 4 meters/min.
CHAIN
Code
Description
LT LHC025-01M
1m BLACK CHAIN 250kg 4x12,3 mm
LT LHC050-01M
1m BLACK CHAIN 500kg 5x15,3 mm
LT LHC100-01M
1m BLACK CHAIN 1000kg 7x22 mm
LT LHC200-01M
1m BLACK CHAIN 2-2,5t 10x28 mm
230
19
53
73
CHAIN BAG
Code
Description
LT LHBKXS 667
93
LCH 500 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.
LT LH100D8-
LT LH100D8+
96
,16
520
266
91
LCH 250 kg single raise & brake - D8 - 4 meters/min.
LT LH050D8+
485
192
LT LH050D8-
126
20
Description
LT LH025D8-
BAG KIT “XS”
LT LHBKS
BAG KIT “S”
LT LHBKM
BAG KIT “M”
LT LHBKL
BAG KIT “L”
LT LHBKX
BAG KIT “XL”
FLIGHT CASE
Code
Description
LT LHFC-01
FLIGHT CASE for 2 LH025/050 D8
LT LHFC-02
FLIGHT CASE for 1 LH100/250 D8
RAIN COVER
Code
Description
LT LHCOVER-01
RAIN COVER BLACK LH025/050
LT LHCOVER-02
RAIN COVER BLACK LH100
LT LHCOVER-03
RAIN COVER BLACK LH200/250
80x80
D8+ 1000 kg / TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Protection class: IP55
Voltage: 3 x 400V, 50Hz
Black swivel hook suspension
Motor power: 0.77 kW
Wearing plate
Lifting capacity: 1000kg
Two hard handles
Lifting speed: 4 m/min
Connection cable L=100cm / CEE 16A 3P+T 6H
Classification: ISO4301-1: M5 (FEM: 2m; duty: 40%, 240s/h)
Chain box and bracket with carabiner
Casing and cover black
Fast stop contact relay
Equipped with black finish chain, black lower hook, chain stop
Weight: 65 kg
Slip clutch before brake
Dimensions (mm): A=345 B=389 C=230
314
315
CONTROLLERS COMFORTABLE, QUICK AND SAFE LITEC has developed a comprehensive range of compact but rugged chain-hoist motor controllers, thought to meet all peculiar and specific needs of the entertainment sector. They are comfortable, quick and easy to use and, above all, safe. LITEC is proud to offer two lines of products, i.e. the brand new EXE Drivers and the existing LITEC Drivers. All our products are designed to survive the rough and tumble of event staging. The motor controllers will have differing features and complexity depending on the task that the motor will be performing. Motor controllers can be manually, remotely or automatically operated.
316
EXE DRIVERS LITEC DRIVERS
319 327
EXE DRIVERS INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS LITEC is pleased to present its brand new range of controllers. The range features 4 and 8- Channel Base controllers in 3 and 5-rack-unit chassis, 4 and 8- Channel Digital Link controllers both in 5-rack-unit chassis and their complementing accessories. They are furnished with a mobile plug with mechanical phase inverter to manage any 3-phase direct/inverse sequence supply (the DL4 and DL8 models are also furnished with phase LED light). They are compatible with LITEC and EXE Rise chain hoists, and with most chain hoists present on the market from 0.19kW to 1.6kW. They conform to - Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC - Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and are in accordance with the harmonized standards EN 60065, EN 60950, EN 60204-1, EN 13850, EN 12100-2.
318
319
CONTROLLERS
CONTROLLERS / EXE DRIVERS
DB4
Dimensions: 3U box 260mm depth Temperature range: 0°up to +45°
4-CHANNEL BASIC CONTROLLER 3 RACK UNITS
Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level MCB 16A & RCD Breaker (30mA)
DB4 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Neon light indicating presence of line tension
Power Supply: 1 CEE Mobile plug 230/400VAC 16A 3P+N +E 6H with mechanical phase inverter
Emergency Stop mushroom button
Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets
4 x 3-position direction changers (UP-OFF-DOWN)
Rated operational current per output: 4A in AC3-AC4
Protection General Contactor
Weight: 12kg
Front panel: 3 rack units
0 0
MOTOR RGE 4 0
EME
MOTOR MOTOR 4 3
0 0
EME
MOTOR MOTOR 3 2
0 0
GO L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
MOTOR 1
RGE
MOTOR MOTOR 1 2
MOTOR MOTOR 2 3
MOTOR MOTOR 3 4
DL4 4-CHANNEL MULTILINK CONTROLLER 5 RACK UNITS
4 x direction contactor reversal
Protection General Contactor PHASE ROTATION INDICATION Emergency Stop mushroom button
MOTOR 4
Type: Power: S/N:
Type: Power: S/N:
FUSE T6.3A
GO button (requires operator to be present)
Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter
FUSE T6.3A
DB4 DB4
CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
BACK VIEW
CAUTION
!
4 x green LED lights indicating channel UP preselection 4 x white LED lights indicating channel DOWN preselection
Weight: 21kg
XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket
Dimensions: 5U box 300 mm depth
XLR 5-pole IN Link + REMOTE panel socket
Temperature range: 0° up to 45°
2x XLR 4-pole for loadcell/limitswitch estop
Humidity: Max 70%
Front panel: 5 rack units
Altitude: Up to 2500 m above sea level
To supply with the unit also a 1 meters length link cable XLR 5-pole male/female
FRONT VIEW
!
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
4 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN)
Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets
RCD 30 mA 40A on input
GO
FRONT VIEW
4 MCB breaker 10A for each hoist channel – link functions between MCB
DL4 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GO button (requires operator to be present)
CY N
MOTOR MOTOR 2 1
CY N
MOTOR 1 0 MAIN
MAIN
DL4
1
SIDE VIEW
Power
Power
Status
Status
E-stop
3
2
14
2
3
BACK VIEW CAUTION
4
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
!
MOTOR 1
E-stop
MOTOR MOTOR 1 2
MOTOR MOTOR 2 3
MOTOR MOTOR 3 4
Type: Power: S/N:
0
0
0
0
0
0
MOTOR MOTOR 1 2
MOTOR MOTOR 2 3
MOTOR MOTOR 3 4
MAIN
MOTOR 4
EME
EME
MOTOR 5-8
8-CHANNEL BASIC CONTROLLER DB8 DB8 5 RACK UNITS GO
L1 L2 L3
GO
EME
EME
0
GO
Outputs: 8 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets L1 L2 L3
CY N
CY N
0
MOTOR MOTOR 6 7
MOTOR MOTOR 7 8
L1 L2 L3
Type: Power: S/N:
GO
DB4 DB4 Rated operational current per output: 4A in AC3-AC4 L1 L2 L3
MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1
MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2
FUSE T6.3A
MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3
Neon light indicating presence of line tension Emergency Stop mushroom button
Type: Power: S/N:
MOTOR 4
FUSE T6.3A
Type: Power: S/N:
Weight: 17kg
Protection General Contactor
Dimensions: 5U box 260mm depth
Front panel: 5 rack units
!
CAUTION
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DL8
1 Power
Power
Status
Status
E-stop
MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2
MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3
L1 L2 L3
!
EME
RGE
GO
L1 L2 L3
DB8
CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
!
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
MOTOR 7 MOTOR 6
MOTOR MAIN 1-2
MOTOR MOTOR53--64
MOTOR MOTOR75--86
L1 L2 L3
Type: Power: S/N:
MOTOR 8 MOTOR 7
MOTOR 8 FUSE T6.3A
MOTOR MOTOR 1 2
MOTOR MOTOR 2 3
MOTOR MOTOR 3 4
MOTOR C A U T I O N4 DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
!
RGE
MOTOR 7-8
DL8
RGE
GO
3
2
4 1
2
3
MOTOR 5
MOTOR MOTOR 5 6
MOTOR MOTOR 6 7
PHASE ROTATION INDICATION
MOTOR MOTOR 7 8
MOTOR 8 FUSE T6.3A
FUSE T6.3A
8 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN) 8 x green LED lights indicating channel UP preselection 8 x white LED lights indicating channel DOWN preselection CAUTION
!
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
RGE
MOTOR 4
MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1
MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2
MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3
RGE
Type: Power: S/N:
MOTOR 4
Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
GO
Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level
DL4
L1 L2 L3
GO
!
Type: Power: S/N:
LINK/REMOTE
LIMIT STOP
LINK/REMOTE
XLR 5-pole IN Link + REMOTE panel socket 2x XLR 4-pole for loadcell/limitswitch estop
FUSE T6.3A
Front panel: 5 rack units To supply with the unit also a 1 meters length link cable XLR 5-pole male/female
DL4
RCD 40A 30mA in input
CAUTION
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
LIMIT STOP
FUSE T6.3A
Humidity: Max 70%
LINK/REMOTE
Emergency Stop mushroom button
XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3
Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
LINK/REMOTE LIMIT STOP
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
4
E-stop
MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2
Type: Power: S/N:
Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
LIMIT STOP
8 x direction contactor reversal
MOTOR 1
MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1
!
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
GO button (requires operator to be present)
DL8
Status
MOTOR 1 MAIN
CAUTION
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Type: Power: S/N:
Protection General Contactor
Power
GO
DB8
FRONT VIEW 1 Power
FRONT VIEW
MOTOR MOTOR31--42
Temperature range: 0° up to 45° L1 L2 L3
CY N
EME
Type: Power: S/N:
FUSE T6.3A
L1 L2 L3
E-stop
MAIN
MOTOR 6 MOTOR 5
8
E-stop
Dimensions: 5U box 300mm depth
0
MOTOR 5
7
CY N
RGE
CY N
MOTOR 5-8
4 MCB breaker 10A for each “two hoist” channel – link functions between MCB MOTOR 1
6
Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter
MOTOR 4
CAUTION
MOTOR 5-8 MAIN MOTOR 1-4
58
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
1
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
MOTOR 1-4
47
Outputs: 8 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
MAIN
36
CY N
0
MOTOR 8
MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1
25
14
DL8/ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Weight: 25kg MOTOR 1
3
!
Status
MOTOR 4 MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 MOTOR 5 MOTOR 6 MOTOR 7 MOTOR 8 MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 MOTOR 4 MOTOR 5 MOTOR 6 MOTOR 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2
GO
Power
MOTOR 1
DL4
DL8 8-CHANNEL MULTILINK CONTROLLER 5 RACK UNITS MAIN
FUSE T6.3A
8 x 3-position direction changers (UP-OFF-DOWN) CAUTION
DL4
FUSE T6.3A
GO button (requires operator to be present) DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
L1 L2 L3
MOTOR 8
Humidity: Max 70%
MOTOR 1
FUSE T6.3A
GO
CY N
RGE
Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter MAIN
MOTOR MOTOR 5 6
GO
CY N
E RGMOTOR 4
MOTOR 4
!
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
RCD 40A + 2 X MCB 16A with link functions between MCB and General contactor
DB8 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 MOTOR 4 MOTOR 1 MOTOR 2 MOTOR 3 0 0 MAIN 0 0 0 0
MOTOR MOTOR43
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level
L1 L2 L3
MOTOR 1
Temperature range: 0°up to +45° MOTOR 5
CAUTION
!
Type: Power: S/N:
RGE
CY N
MOTOR 51--84 MOTOR
CY N
DB8
MOTOR 1MAIN -4
MOTOR MOTOR32
FUSE T6.3A CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
MAIN
MOTOR MOTOR21
LINK/REMOTE
RGE
0
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
RGE
MOTOR MAIN 1
EME
MOTOR 1
EME
MOTOR 8
0
EME
0
0
EME
0
EME
0
0
0
EME
0
Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
LINK/REMOTE LIMIT STOP
CY N
MOTOR 4 3 MOTOR MOTOR MOTOR 2 1 MOTOR MOTOR 3 2 MOTOR MOTOR 5 4 MOTOR MOTOR 6 5 MOTOR MOTOR 7 6 MOTOR MOTOR 8 7
0
CY N
MOTOR 1
RGE
!
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
Type: Power: S/N:
MOTOR 4
Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
LIMIT STOP
CAUTION DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
BACK VIEW
SIDE VIEW
Status E-stop
2
3
4 1
5 2
6 3
4
7
5
8
BACK VIEW MOTOR 1
6
7
8
MOTOR 2 MOTOR 1
MOTOR 3 MOTOR 2
MOTOR 4 MOTOR 3
C A U T I O N4 MOTOR !
CAUTION
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER
Power
NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
DO NOT OPEN RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
!
CAUTION:TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT REMOVE COVER NO USER-SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL
Status Type: Power: S/N:
E-stop
Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
Type: Power: S/N: Made by: SRS Light Design s.r.o., Slovakia
MOTOR 5-6 MOTOR 3-4
MOTOR 7-8 MOTOR 5-6
MOTOR 7-8
EME
MOTOR 3-4 MOTOR 1-2
LINK/REMOTE
MOTOR 5
MOTOR 6 MOTOR 5
MOTOR 7 MOTOR 6
MOTOR 8 MOTOR 7
L1 L2 L3
320
L1 L2 L3
DL8
LINK/REMOTE
MOTOR 8 FUSE T6.3A
GO
LIMIT STOP
RGE
CY N
MOTOR 1-2 MAIN
RGE
CY N
MAIN
EME
LIMIT STOP
FUSE T6.3A
GO
DL8
321
CONTROLLERS
CONTROLLERS / EXE DRIVERS
RHG
DH1
REMOTE GO CONTROL FOR DL CONTROLLERS
3-PHASE LITEC DRIVER KEYPAD
RHG / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Double-isolated yellow keypad in polyester preimpregnated fiberglass
Material: Yellow plastic Handle 1 x Emergency stop mushroom button 1 x Go button (requires operator to be present)
• 1 x Emergency Stop mushroom button
Cable length: 15m
• 2 x mechanical interlock UP-DOWN switches for channel 1 (requires operator to be present)
1 x flying XLR 5 pole female connector Weight: 1.5kg including 15m cable
• Compatible with most chain hoists available on the market.
RH4C REMOTE DIRECTION CONTROL FOR DL CONTROLLERS RH4C / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DH1 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
LINK
RH4C
M1
Hanging 1-Channel direct control keypad
Rated operational current per output: 10A in AC3 – AC4
Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 16A 6H 3P+N+T IP44 with mechanical phase inverter
Weight: 2.10Kg / Dimensions: 200x85x75.4mm
Outputs: 1 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T IP67 flying plug
Ambient Temperature – Operation: -25°C/+70°C
Ambient Temperature – Storage: -40°C/+70°C
M3
UP
Material: Aluminium box 2mm thick – grey powder coating Grey color
OFF
M2
1 x Emergency stop mushroom button
M4
DOWN
4 x Direction switch with light indication
DH2
XLR5pin male on body for cable connection
2-CHANNEL DIRECT CONTROL KEYPAD
STOP
1 x Go button (requires operator to be present)
GO
Weight: 1.2kg
Double-isolated yellow keypad in polyester preimpregnated fiberglass
RH8C
• 1 x Emergency Stop mushroom button
RH8C - REMOTE DIRECTION CONTROL FOR DL CONTROLLERS This controller allows to control EXE-Drivers via digital 5 pin cable connection. To perform standard operation you need to have full lines cable equipped with Neutrik 5pin connectors. Maximum cable length is 100 m. Data connection is performed via RS485 communication line.
• 2 x mechanical interlock UP-DOWN switches for channel 1 (requires operator to be present)
RH8C
LINK
M1
Grey color
UP
M2
1 x Emergency stop mushroom button 1 x Go button (requires operator to be present)
OFF
M3
M4
• Compatible with most chain hoists available on the market.
M5
RH8C / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Material: Aluminium box 2mm thick – grey powder coating
• 2 x mechanical interlock UP-DOWN switches for channel 2 (requires operator to be present)
DOWN STOP
DH2 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DH2 M6
M7
M8
Hanging 2-Channel direct control keypad
Rated operational current per output: 5A in AC3 – AC4
Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 16A 6H 3P+N+T IP44 with mechanical phase inverter
Weight: 3.7Kg / Dimensions: 310x98x76mm
Outputs: 2 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T IP67 flying plug
Ambient Temperature – Operation: -25°C/+70°C
Ambient Temperature – Storage: -40°C/+70°C
GO
8 x Direction switch with light indication XLR5pin male on body for cable connection Weight: 1.2kg
322
323
CONTROLLERS
CONTROLLERS / EXE DRIVERS
EXE DRIVERS
CONTROLLERS
Code XDDB4 XDDB8 XDDL4 XDDL8 XDRHG XDRH4C XDRH8C
Controller description EXE Base Driver DC Hoist 4CHx4A control 400VAC 3U rack EXE Base Driver DC Hoist 8CHx4A control 400VAC 5U rack EXE Digital Link Driver DC Hoist 4CHx4A control 400VAC 5U rack EXE Digital Link Driver DC Hoist 8CHx4A control 400VAC 5U rack EXE Remote control Stop & Go 15m for XDDL4 / 8 with XLR 5 pole male plug EXE Digital Remote control 4 Channels for XDDL4 with XLR 5 pole male plug on Body without cable EXE Digital Remote control 8 Channels for XDDL4 / 8 with XLR 5 pole male plug on Body without cable
FLIGHT CASE
Code XF4U
Description FLIGHT CASE (4U-RACK) PER MULTILINK CONTROLLER
POWER CHORDS
Code XPWC416A10 XPWC416A15 XPWC416A20 XPWC416A25 XPWC416A30
Description CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 10m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 15m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 20m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 25m - MENNEKES IP67 CHAIN HOIST POW. CORD EXT. 3P+T 16A 400V 30m - MENNEKES IP67
REMOTE CABLES
Code XHCB005 XHCB010 XHCB015 XHCB025 XHCB050
Description EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 5m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 10m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 15m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 25m EXE Bus Cable XLR 5 poles length 50m
324
325
LITEC DRIVERS CONSISTENCY The range features hanging 1 and 2-Channel direct control keypads, and 4 and 8- Channel controllers in 2 and 4-rack-unit chassis. They are furnished with a mobile plug with mechanical phase inverter to manage any 3-phase direct/inverse sequence supply. They are compatible with LITEC and EXE Rise chain hoists, and with most chain hoists present on the market from 0.19kW to 1.6kW. They conform to - Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC - Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC and are in accordance with the harmonized standards EN 12100-1:2004, EN 12100-2:2004, EN60204-1:2007, EN60204-32:2009, EN349:1994.
CONTROLLERS LITEC DRIVERS
SAFETY MEASURES PRESENT INSIDE LITEC DRIVERS Each non-manual control unit has a MCB & RCD BREAKER before the power circuit that guarantees for every equipment and a protection against overload and short circuit. In addition to this feature, the DL8-4 series controllers have a release coil operated directly by the Emergency Stop mushroom button, which allows the general power switch to act immediately. In the case of DL models, the real coil’s function is also extended to the emergency buttons of all control units linked as slaves. The models DL are provided with individual magneto-thermic protections for each channel. Overload protection and motor overload switches have three basic characteristics: ➊ Their intervention limit can be individually set by turning the graduated nut on the front, allowing the motor hoist to be checked and protected from excessive wear by preventing the malfunction that can be caused by breakages or overloads. ➋ Overload protectors must all be inserted for the GO function of the control units to work –if even a single protector is not inserted, the equipment cannot work. If a motor protector is triggered during operation of the control unit, the equipment stops. ➌ When a system of “n” DL-model controls is in operation, any intervention of the overload protector will simultaneously interrupt the work of all chain hoists linked together, ensuring the safety of the whole system.
328
329
CONTROLLERS
CONTROLLERS / LITEC DRIVERS
LITEC DRIVERS
DB4 4-CHANNEL BASIC CONTROLLER 2 RACK UNITS It has been designed and manufactured to manage separately or simultaneously from 1 up to 4 direct control motors with compatible electric features. It is provided with:
• • • • • • • •
MCB & RCD Breaker (30mA) LED light indicates presence of line tension Magneto-thermic command circuit switch Emergency Stop mushroom button GO button (requires operator to be present) 4 x 3-position direction changers (UP-OFF-DOWN) Protection General Contactor Front panel: 2 rack units
DB4 / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets Rated operational current per output: 4A in AC3-AC4 Weight: 10 kg Dimensions: 482x95x410 mm Temperature range: 0°-45° Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level
DL4-A
4 channel multilink / 4 rack units with 1.6A–2.5A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
DL4-B
4 channel multilink / 4 rack units with 2.5A-4.0A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
DL4-C
4 channel multilink / 4 rack units with 4.0A-6.3A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
MULTILINK CONTROLLER
DL4-A-B-C / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
The LT LDDL4 controllers have been designed and constructed to control from 1 up to 4 electrically compatible motors, either separately or simultaneously, using direct tension feed; as well as having the capacity to run Master or Slave set ups linking additional compatible LT LDDL4 or L8 units, thus controlling a larger number of hoists. Particular attention to safety has been applied within the product design, for example the provision of the break coil in every unit, to cut the power supply in the event of a breakdown or adverse operating conditions. They are provided with:
Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
330
Outputs: 4 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets Rated operational current per output:
2.5A for mod.A AC3-AC4 4A for mod. B AC3-AC4 6A for mod.C AC3-AC4
Weight: 14 kg Dimensions: 482x184x410 mm Temperature range: 0°-45° Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level
MCB & RCD Breaker (30mA) General switch release coil Protection General Contactor LED light indicates presence of line tension Emergency Stop mushroom button GO button (requires operator to be present) 2 position Master Mode selectors: Master mode – Slave mode 2 position Slave Mode selectors: Final Slave mode – Middle Slave mode 4 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN) 8 x green LED lights indicating channel UP-DOWN preselection 4 x independently regulated motor overload protection Type L4A: 1.6A - 2.5A Type L4B: 2.5A – 4.0A Type L4C: 4.0A – 6.3A XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket XLR 3-pole IN Link panel socket Protection General Contactor
331
CONTROLLERS
CONTROLLERS / LITEC DRIVERS
DL8-A
8 channel multilink – 4 rack units with 1.6A–2.5A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
DL8-B
8 channel multilink – 4 rack units with 2.5A-4.0A Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
LITEC DRIVERS Code
MULTILINK CONTROLLER The LT LDDL8 controllers have been designed and constructed to control from 1 up to 4 electrically compatible motors, either separately or simultaneously, using direct tension feed; as well as having the capacity to run Master or Slave set ups linking additional compatible LT LDDL4 or L8 units, thus controlling a larger number of hoists. Particular attention to safety has been applied within the product design, for example the provision of the break coil in every unit, to cut the power supply in the event of a breakdown or adverse operating conditions. They are provided with: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
MCB & RCD Breaker (30mA) General switch release coil LED light indicates presence of line tension Emergency Stop mushroom button GO button (requires operator to be present) 2 position Master Mode selectors: Master mode – Slave mode 2 position Slave Mode selectors: Final Slave mode – Middle Slave mode 8 x 3-position channel switches (UP-OFF-DOWN) 16 x green LED lights indicating channel UP-DOWN preselection 8 x independently regulated motor overload protection Type L8A: 1.6A - 2.5A Type L8B: 2.5A – 4.0A XLR 5-pole OUT Link panel socket XLR 3-pole IN Link panel socket Protection General Contactor
332
DL8-A-B / TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply: 1 mobile plug CEE 230/400VAC 32A 6H 3P+N+T with mechanical phase inverter Outputs: 8 x CEE 400VAC 16A 6H 3P+T panel sockets Rated operational current per output: 2.5A for mod.A AC3-AC4 4A for mod. B AC3-AC4 Weight: 17 kg
Controller description
LDDH1 LDDH2 LDDB4 LDDL4-A LDDL4-B LDDL4-C LDDL8-A LDDL8-B
1 channel direct controller 2 channel direct controller 4 channel basic controller 4 channel multilink controller 4 channel multilink controller 4 channel multilink controller 8 channel multilink controller 8 channel multilink controller
Code
Weight
LDDH1 LDDH2 LDDB4 LDDL4-A LDDL4-B LDDL4-C LDDL8-A LDDL8-B
2.1 kg 3.7 kg 10.0 kg 14.0 kg 14.0 kg 14.0 kg 17.0 kg 17.0 kg
Hoist Control
Motor Cutout Fuse Ampere Rating
DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC
- - - 1.6/2.5 2.5/4.0 4.0/6.3 1.6/2.5 2.5/4.0
Dimensions: 482x184x410 mm Temperature range: 0°-45° Humidity: Max 70% Altitude: Up to 2500m above sea level
Dimensions mm
Linkable
200x85x75.4 310x98x76 485x95x410 482x184x410 482x184x410 482x184x410 482x184x410 482x184x410
- - - yes yes yes yes yes
Thermal-magnetic residual current circuit breaker
- - yes yes yes yes yes yes
Max rated operational current per output
10A 5A 4A 2,5A 4A 6A 2,5A 4A Cut-off solenoid
- - - yes yes yes yes yes
Plug with phase inverter
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
CONTROLLERS
Fashion show in Milan, LITEC Archive.
RIGGING HARDWARE THE HIGHEST STANDARDS OF QUALITY AND SAFETY LITEC offers a vast range of rigging accessories for lifting, fixing and anchoring structures, supplying the best-suited products for installations.
STEEL WIRE ROPES ROUNDSLINGS BELT RACHETS ANCHORING HARDWARE
338 339 340 341 342
STEEL WIRE ROPES / ROUNDSLING
RIGGING HARDWARE
STEEL WIRE ROPES
ROUNDSLINGS Essential for lifting and hanging loads and structures.
216-wire metal core ropes with end eyes, oversized thimbles and conical ferrules. Available with 1 or 2-ton SWL/WLL* capacities. Colour coded thimbles to facilitate a length identification and overdimensioned – 16 mm wire – to permit an easy introduction of a 4.75 ton shackle. • • • •
RGRS polyester roundslings Black endless polyester slings. Useful for creating basket or choke bridles on structures and trusses.
Thimbles two-sizes bigger than the rope Talurit-type conical ferrules Metal core Ferrules are marked with the lot reference number, capacity and rope diameter.
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGSW
2 models
1 or 2 tons
2 versions
pure rope or rope sheath
9 sizes
from 0.75 to 12 metres
Safety factor:
5:1
• Endless slings • Black polyester anchoring 100% • Sheath made in a highly abrasion-resistant material TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGRS
Code
2 models
1.0 and 2.0 tons
RGRS101
0.5 m EWL
1000 kg
Code RGRS201
0.5 m EWL
2000 kg
6 sizes
from 0.5 to 3 metres in diameter
RGRS102
1.0 m EWL
RGRS202
1.0 m EWL
Safety factor
7:1
RGRS103
1.5 m EWL
RGRS203
1.5 m EWL
RGRS104
2.0 m EWL
RGRS204
2.0 m EWL
RGRS105
2.5 m EWL
RGRS205
2.5 m EWL
RGRS106
3.0 m EWL
RGRS206
3.0 m EWL
1.50 metres
pink
2 .00 metres
white
3.00 metres
light blue
4.00 metres
blu
6.00 metres
yellow
9.00 metres
brown
10.00 metres
green
12.00 metres
RGSW 1150 RGSW1200 RGSW 1300 RGSW1400 RGSW 1600 RGSW 1900 RGSW 11000 RGSW 11200
Thimbles are fixed to the ends of our steel wire ropes with Talurit-type conical ferrules; the ferrules are fitted by cold pressing in compliance with European standards EN 13411 and DIN 3093. The inspection hole on the ferrule is useful for the rope manufacturer for tests and inspections, but not necessarily for the end user (EN 13411-3). It is remotely possible for a rope to slip from a ferrule, however before this happens the rope thimbles will already have changed shape. Regular checking of the thimble shape together with rope strand condition tests are an excellent guarantee of safety. *SWL/WLL = Safe Working Load / Working Load Limit
pure rope RGSW 2075 RGSW 2150 RGSW2200 RGSW 2300 RGSW2400 RGSW 2600 RGSW 2900 RGSW 21000
rope with sheath RGSWC 1075 RGSWC 1150 RGSWC 1300
rope with sheath RGSWC 2075 RGSWC 2150 RGSWC 2300
RGSW 21200
Steel wire loop sling protected with black reinforced sheath abrasion-resistant. When installed, it does not need any additional safety device. • • • •
High heat resistance Core: 25 loops of zinc plated 2mm wire rope Inspection gap permits a complete inspection of the wire rope They comply with the Standards EN 13414 1-3, EN 1492-2, BGV-C1
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGRSS
Code
2000 kg
1 model
2 tons
RGSS202
1 m EWL*
3 sizes
from 1 to 3 metres in diameter
RGSS204
2 m EWL
Safety factor
5:1
RGSS206
3 m EWL
6 strand rope with 26 wires each total 216 wires. 20 mm
40 mm
50 mm
red
pure rope RGSW 1075
2000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 14 mm
0.75 metres
1000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 10 mm
rope length
orange
2000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 14 mm
Thimble colour
1000 KG WLL / Ø ROPE 10 mm
RGSS soft steel slings
22 mm
WLL* CAPACITY OF A ROUNDSLING 1000 kg 2000 kg
MODE FACTOR Direct tension
1.0
Choke Up to 7°
The MODE FACTOR, i.e. the way a roundsling is used, should always be considered when calculating rigging capacities. For this reason and owing to their susceptibility to shear, roundslings have a cofficient of 7 (EN 1492-2).
1000
2000
0.8
800
1600
2.0
2000
4000
Over 7° up to 45°
1.4
1400
2800
Over 45° up to 60°
1.0
1000
2000
Over 7° up to 45°
0.7
700
1400
*EWL= Effective Working Length
Over 45° up to 60°
0.5
500
1000
*WLL= Working Load Limit
Do not tie or connect roundslings to each other since this reduces their actual capacity in an uncontrollable way.
339
BELT RACHETS / ANCHORING
RIGGING HARDWARE
BELT RACHETS
ANCHORING
Anchoring consisting of 35 and 50mm polyester belts for fastening and safety. Belt ratchets are often used to tension roof system sheets.
These products are ideal for adjusting anchoring and bracing cables.
RGTB turnbuckles
RGBR black belt ratchets 50mm (claw hook)
Zinc-plated with forked ends for adjusting anchoring and bracing cables. • Zinc-plated with forked ends • Forked ends with pin and bolt
• Belt ratchet and hooks made in tropicalized galvanized steel • Belt in 100% polyester, a highly abrasion-resistant material • PVC plate with WLL TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGBR
Code
WLL
Width
EWL
3 models
50 mm
RGBR55006GH
5000 kg *
50 mm
6m
Sizes
6 – 8 – 12 metres (3 and 6 metres available until stocks are exhausted)
RGBR55008GH
5000 kg *
50 mm
8m
RGBR55012GH
5000 kg *
50 mm
12 m
Safety factor
2:1
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGTB
2 models
from 1.0 to 2.36 tons
Excursion
17.1 cm
Safety factor
5:1
Code Description
Max closing
Max opening
RGTB10
1/2’’ turnbuckle 1 ton–414/585 mm
41.4 cm 58.5 cm
RGTB20
3/4’’ turnbuckle 2.36ton–508/679 mm
50.8 cm 67.9 cm 17.1 cm
Excursion 17.1 cm
* Only if used a ring
RGBRT pull lash straps Belt tensioning ratchet with adjustable zinc plated hooks. Made with 50mm black polyester belt, it has a 2 ton WLL.
RGBR2 black belt ratchets 35mm • Belt ratchet and hooks made in tropicalized galvanized steel • Belt in 100% polyester, a highly abrasion-resistant material • PVC plate with WLL
• Chromo-plated ratchet with aluminium handle • High abrasion resistance belt in polyester • 2.5 ton WLL
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGBR
Code
WLL
Width
EWL
2 models
35 mm
RGBR23502K
2000 kg
35 mm
2m
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGBRT
Code
RGBRT
Sizes
2 – 8 metres
RGBR23508K
2000 kg
35 mm
8m
2 models
2.0 tons
RGBRT25002H
Pull Lash Strap – 2.5 ton – 2 m with swivel hook
Safety factor
2:1
Variable excursion
from 0 to 4 m
RGBRT25004H
Pull Lash Strap – 2.5 ton – 4 m with swivel hook
Safety factor
2:1
RGCC chain clutch sling RGBR5 black belt ratchets 50mm
Chain adjustable sling, with safety latch chain clutch.
• Belt ratchet and hooks made in tropicalized galvanized steel • Belt in 100% polyester, a highly abrasion-resistant material • PVC plate with WLL
• 8 mm black DIN chain • 2 ton master link ending • 2 ton latch hook ending.
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGBR
Code
WLL
Width
2 models
50 mm
RGBR55008G
5000 kg
50 mm
8m
Sizes
8 – 12metres
RGBR55012G
5000 kg
50 mm
12 m
Safety factor
2:1
340
EWL
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGCC
Code
2 models
8 mm diameter
RGCCS20002MH
WLL 2000 kg
EWL
2 -3 m
RGCCS20003MH
2000 kg
Safety factor
4:1
EWL
2m 3m
341
ANCHORING / HARDWARE
RIGGING HARDWARE
RGLCH anchoring chain 8mm
RGSH omega shackles with threaded pin
It is a chain specifically thought to do wind bracing on truss systems thus guaranteeing the highest safety. It cannot be used for lifting loads. It is available in 2 lengths, 2 mt and 4 mt.
B
3 kinds of zinc-plated omega shackles are available for anchoring connections and ropes.
L
• Zinc-plated steel omega shackles • Red screw pin • Each shackle is marked with its size in inches and millimetres and its WLL load limit
• DIN 763 Chain • Grade 3 • Steel material.
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGLCH
Code
EWL
2 models
8x52 mm
RGLCH085402
2m
EWL
2-4 m
RGLCH085404
4m
Weight/m
1100 gr
R
W
P
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGSH
Code
size B
size P
3 models
from 2 to 4.75 tons
RGSH200C 30.5 mm
33.0 mm
16.0 mm 20.5 mm
46.5 mm
Weight
LT RGSH200C 0.34 kg LT RGSH325C 0.59 kg LT RGSH475C 1.021 kg
RGSH325C 38.5 mm
41.0 mm
18.0 mm 25.5 mm
60.0 mm
RGSH475C 47.0 mm
49.5 mm
22.0 mm 31.5 mm
69.0 mm
Safety factor
5:1
HARDWARE
size R
size W
size L
A
The very best equipment for safe rigging.
RGML master links RGBC beam clamps
Two master link models (2.4 and 3.15 tons) are available for anchoring connections using shackles.
Clamps suitable for hanging hoists and other lifting devices on I and H girders and beams. • • • • •
B
Made in steel Black powder coated Adjustable to fit a wide range of flange widths, until 320 mm Reduced overall vertical height Marked for traceability with serial number and CE
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGBC
Code
Beam Clamp
WLL
Truss Length
Weight
3 models
from 1 to 3 tons
RGBC1B
WLL 1000 Kg
1000 kg
75/230 mm
4 kg
Maximum excursion
1/2 ton: 284 mm; 3 ton: 365 mm
RGBC2B
WLL 2000 Kg
2000 kg
75/230 mm
5 kg
Safety factor
4:1
RGBC3B
WLL 3000 Kg 3000 kg
80/320 mm
9 kg
C
TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
RGML
Code
Master Link
size A mm
size B mm size C mm
2 models
2 and 3.15 tons
RGML2120C WLL 2.120 kg
16
69
118
Weight
0.53 and 0.92 kg
RGML3150C WLL 3.150 kg
18
77
135
Safety factor
4:1
SC60 safety cable TECNICAL SPECIFICATION
SC60
Wire
3 mm
WLL capacity
30 kg
342
343
RIGGING HARDWARE
LITEC TRUSS WORLD special thanks All people who have contributed to the realization of this work deserve sincere thanks. Our special gratitude and appreciation is due to our distributors, dealers, customers, rental companies whose guidance and supervision have enabled the development of this catalogue to attain this level. Their valuable and constructive ideas from the very inception to its realization have inspired us a lot. Thank you very much for sharing your concepts and photographic material, in particular: AB Computer, Ingnegneria & Architettura Macerata, Italy – QX25S AC Entertainment, Leeds, UK – Flyintower 6-300 Actus Industries Ltd., Greenford, UK RL105A for Queen Jubilee
RL105A, QL52A Roof system Milos America, Inc., Ashland, VA – LIBERA Alusfera 2 Mister X Service | Event Services, Cremona, Italy, Closure in the Bespoke Solutions session
AMG International, Rome, Italy – RL76A
Music Data s.r.o., Velke Mezirici, Repubblica Ceca Introduction
Arch. Stefano Cacciapaglia & Carlo Celìa, Rome, Italy, QX40SA
Peter Lambert Production Services Ltd., UK Zebra trusses for The Lion King in Bespoke Solutions
Arena Music d.o.o., Ljubljana, Slovenia – LIBERA Tunnel Cooperativa Teatrale ATMO arl, Perugia, Italy – QH40SA
Prozvok, d.o.o., Notranje Gorice, Slovenia LIBERA FL105, Maxitower 52, Maxitower 76, LIBERA FL105 double-pitch roof system 20x16m, LIBERA FL105 Double-pitch Roof system 24x16m
Dynamic Motion Rides GmbH, Vienna, Austria, Flyboard in the Bespoke Solutions
Regal Seton, Budapest, Hungary – LIBERA FL52, Towerlift 3, LIBERA FL52 single-pitch roof system
Edilpronto srl, Piacenza, Italy – QH30SA
Show Design, Trzebnica, Poland LIBERA FL76 single-pitch roof system 19x16m
Arte Sicilia srl, ACI S. Antonio (CT), Italy – FX25SA
Electra Service snc, Mantova, Italy Closure of LIBERA System “Star” trusses Es Devlin, London, UK The Muse Stage in the Bespoke Solutions
StageCo Ltd., Moscow, Russia LIBERA FL76, Terrace stand Roof Stage System srl, Milan, Italy- Alusfera FL52
Food & Media srl, Napoli, Italy - QL52A
Studio Berar Projekt, Novi Sad, Serbia – Arc Roof Systems,
Franchino Service srl, Chieti, Italy – TX30S
Studio Due Group srl, Treviso, Italy – Flyintower7.5-500H30A, LIBERA FL76 Single-Pitch Roof System 15x13m, LIBERA FL76 single-pitch roof system 17x13m, RL76A Roof Systems
Hathor srl, Viterbo, Italy Opening of LIBERA System “Star” trusses HSL Group Holding Ltd., Blackburn, UK – Flyintower 132,000 Infomedia Sistemi, Skopje, Macedonia – QX30SA, Varitower 3 Junglesport, Chelsea, Quebec, Canada, Equipped Gym Centre in the Bespoke Solutions Lamantia Tommaso, Milan, Italy Opening of High Load “Fork” trusses, MyT Light Partner, Herning, Denmark Limelite srl, Roma, Italy – Maxitower 40 MAS, Music, Art & Show, Milan, Italy “Priscilla – Queen of the Desert” in the Bespoke Solutions
TRANSCOLOR, Szeligi, Poland- RF40 TechnoPro llc, Dubai, UAE – Closure of End-plated trusses, QL40A, Unitower, Double-pitch Roof system 12x10m Ultralite, Ehingen-Donau, Germany LIBERA FL76 double pitch roof system 17x13m Verylight, Passil Park, Portugal Red Bull Springboard in the Bespoke Solutions Wi Creations, Heist-op-den-Berg, Belgium – QL76A Z.I. Lighting, Rijeka, Croatia RL105A, Double-pitch Roof Systems, LIBERA FL52 Single-Pitch Roof System, QL52A Roof system.
Mediteran Produkcija d.o.o., Šibenik, Croatia
347